Is there a good reason for Synology to change the support of “Unverified Drives” in DSM?
Synology has long been regarded as one of the most user-friendly and reliable NAS brands in the market, balancing intuitive software with a wide hardware range that appeals to both home and business users. However, in recent years the company has taken an increasingly controversial path by enforcing strict compatibility requirements for hard drives and SSDs. Beginning with DSM 7 and escalating into the 2025 generation of devices, Synology now only certifies and supports its own branded storage media, effectively locking out many widely used alternatives from Seagate, Western Digital, and Toshiba. While Synology positions this move as a way to ensure system stability and consistency, the decision has sparked significant backlash among users who feel restricted in their options and burdened by higher costs. As competitors expand their ecosystems with more openness and flexibility, this proprietary approach risks damaging Synology’s reputation, raising questions about whether the company has prioritized profit margins over user choice.
What is the MAIN PROBLEM(s) with this decision by Synology?
The most immediate problem with Synology’s hard drive policy is the loss of flexibility that once made their systems so appealing. For years, customers could select from a wide range of industry-standard drives from Seagate, Western Digital, or Toshiba, tailoring storage to their budget, performance requirements, or regional availability. This freedom not only allowed users to balance cost and capacity, but also gave small businesses and home enthusiasts the ability to reuse existing drives, upgrade incrementally, or take advantage of promotions from different vendors. By restricting DSM compatibility to Synology-labelled drives, that flexibility is gone. For many users outside major markets, Synology’s drives are harder to source, priced higher than the competition, or limited in available capacities. What once felt like an open platform now increasingly resembles a closed ecosystem, where users must accept the vendor’s terms even if it means compromising on affordability or performance.
Another dimension of the problem lies in how Synology has communicated these changes, which many see as evasive or disingenuous. Officially, the company justifies the restriction as a move toward greater reliability and predictable system performance. The argument is that by narrowing the range of drives tested and supported, Synology can optimize DSM to work seamlessly with drives that have firmware tailored for its environment. In practice, though, the same underlying hardware often originates from Seagate or Toshiba, with only minor firmware adjustments and new branding. This creates a perception that Synology is overstating the technical benefits while quietly using the policy to secure higher margins. For long-time users, the contrast is stark: older models happily ran third-party drives with few issues, which makes the sudden insistence on “certification” seem less like an engineering requirement and more like a business maneuver. The result has been a significant erosion of trust between the company and its community.
The wider impact of this strategy has also been felt across the storage industry. Resellers have reported declining sales of Synology’s Plus series devices as customers explore alternatives such as QNAP, TrueNAS, or newer entrants like UGREEN and UniFi. For Synology, this shift is particularly damaging because its reputation has historically rested on attracting less technical buyers who value simplicity and reliability over DIY solutions. Now, even these entry-level and mid-range users are questioning whether they should commit to an ecosystem that limits their choice of drives and increases their costs. At the same time, hard drive manufacturers like Seagate and Western Digital are also affected, as Synology’s decision reduces the number of channels through which their products reach end customers. The ripple effect is therefore twofold: Synology risks alienating its base of loyal customers, while storage vendors lose a once-reliable partner, creating tension that could ultimately push more buyers toward competing NAS brands.
How Can Synology Solve This (if they want to)?
One path forward for Synology would be to adopt a hybrid compatibility model, where its own branded drives remain the recommended or default choice but third-party alternatives are still officially supported. This compromise has been proven by other vendors such as UniFi and QNAP, who sell their own labelled drives while maintaining compatibility lists for major manufacturers like Seagate, Western Digital, and Toshiba. By following this model, Synology could continue promoting the reliability benefits of its branded hardware without alienating customers who prefer flexibility. In practice, this would preserve a sense of choice for users while ensuring Synology can still highlight its “optimized” solutions as the safer, supported route.
A second solution would be to introduce explicit user consent during setup in DSM. Instead of blocking unsupported drives outright, Synology could warn users with a clear message that their chosen media is not on the verified list and may not receive full technical support. The responsibility then shifts to the user, who can decide whether to prioritize cost savings, capacity, or specific models over guaranteed compatibility. This would align Synology’s policy more closely with customer expectations while protecting the company from liability. It would also help reduce reliance on unofficial modification scripts, which have become increasingly popular but operate outside of Synology’s oversight.
Finally, Synology could address the availability and pricing concerns around its own branded drives. In many regions, these drives are either difficult to source or significantly more expensive than equivalent Seagate or Western Digital models. Improving distribution channels, ensuring consistent stock, and narrowing the price gap would make the transition more palatable to users who are willing to adopt Synology’s ecosystem but feel penalized by limited access. By focusing on accessibility and fairness rather than exclusivity, Synology could rebuild goodwill while still driving revenue from its hardware strategy. Taken together, these steps would not fully reverse the controversy but would demonstrate responsiveness and provide a clearer path to balancing stability, customer choice, and profitability.
Is there a way to FORCE a Synology NAS to accept unverified Hard Drives and SSDs in DSM?
For users unwilling to accept Synology’s restrictive stance on storage media, the community has developed reliable workarounds that re-enable full functionality for third-party hard drives and SSDs. The most widely adopted method involves injecting a script into the NAS system that bypasses DSM’s compatibility database, allowing otherwise unsupported drives to be used for installation, storage pools, caching, and expansion. Synology’s 2025 Plus-series models, such as the DS925+, block DSM installation if only unverified drives are present and issue constant warnings in Storage Manager. To overcome this, users first employ a Telnet-based flag during initial setup that tricks DSM into accepting the installation, followed by a more permanent fix applied through SSH. At the heart of this solution is Dave Russell’s (007revad) GitHub project Synology_HDD_db, which modifies DSM’s internal drive compatibility files. Once downloaded and executed via SSH, the script detects the NAS model, DSM version, and connected drives, then patches the system to treat them as officially supported.
The process is reversible, non-destructive, and works across multiple DSM versions, including DSM 7.2 and later. Additional features allow removal of persistent warning banners, full use of NVMe drives as storage volumes, and optional disabling of intrusive monitoring services like WDDA. To ensure ongoing stability, users can also configure a scheduled task in DSM’s Task Scheduler that re-applies the script at every boot, guaranteeing compatibility survives updates, reboots, or new drive insertions. While the script is robust and actively maintained, there are clear disclaimers: using it involves modifying system files, may void official Synology support, and should only be attempted by users confident with SSH and terminal commands who have reliable data backups. Nonetheless, for advanced users, system integrators, and enthusiasts, this community-driven solution has become the de facto method of restoring the freedom to use affordable and widely available third-party drives in modern Synology NAS systems.
Example of a 30TB Seagate HDD visible and functioning inside a Synology DS925+
Note – You can follow my guide on how to use this script modification (as well as outlining the pros and cons) HERE on the blog, or watch the video below:
The Future of Synology in the eyes of new and old buyers?
Synology’s decision to enforce exclusive support for its own branded hard drives and SSDs marks one of the most controversial shifts in the company’s history, transforming how both long-time customers and potential buyers view the brand. For over a decade, Synology’s appeal rested on a combination of intuitive software, solid hardware, and flexibility in allowing users to choose their own storage media from trusted vendors like Seagate, Toshiba, and Western Digital. By removing that choice in the 2025 generation, Synology has fundamentally altered the value proposition of its systems, making them appear less like open storage platforms and more like tightly controlled appliances. While the company justifies the policy by citing stability, predictability, and reduced support overhead, many users interpret it as a profit-driven attempt to push proprietary drives into the market, especially since these are often rebranded versions of third-party disks with modified firmware and higher price tags.
The backlash has been considerable, with resellers and community forums reporting falling interest in Synology’s Plus-series devices, particularly among home and small business users who previously embraced them for affordability and ease of expansion. Competing NAS providers such as QNAP, TrueNAS, UGREEN, and UniFi have been quick to capitalize on the discontent, positioning themselves as more open alternatives that maintain compatibility with industry-standard drives. At the same time, the growth of unofficial solutions like Dave Russell’s compatibility script demonstrates how determined users are to regain control over their hardware, even at the risk of voiding warranty or stepping outside official support. This dynamic reflects a widening gap between Synology’s official direction and the needs of its customer base, many of whom would prefer to accept a disclaimer about using unverified drives rather than being forced into a closed ecosystem.
Ultimately, Synology now stands at a crossroads that will define its reputation in the storage industry for years to come. If it continues to double down on a closed, proprietary model, the company may secure short-term revenue through drive sales but risks long-term damage to its image and market share. On the other hand, reintroducing a more flexible, transparent approach—such as allowing user consent for unsupported drives or improving global pricing and availability of its own disks—could restore trust and preserve its standing as the NAS brand of choice for both novices and professionals. The availability of community workarounds ensures that frustrated users are not entirely locked out of their systems, but the very existence of these tools highlights how far Synology has drifted from its once customer-first ethos. The next few years will be crucial, as the company either adjusts course and strikes a balance between profitability and user freedom, or risks ceding ground to rivals who are eager to embrace the openness Synology has chosen to leave behind.
This description contains links to Amazon. These links will take you to some of the products mentioned in today's content. As an Amazon Associate, I earn from qualifying purchases. Visit the NASCompares Deal Finder to find the best place to buy this device in your region, based on Service, Support and Reputation - Just Search for your NAS Drive in the Box Below
Need Advice on Data Storage from an Expert?
Finally, for free advice about your setup, just leave a message in the comments below here at NASCompares.com and we will get back to you.Need Help?
Where possible (and where appropriate) please provide as much information about your requirements, as then I can arrange the best answer and solution to your needs. Do not worry about your e-mail address being required, it will NOT be used in a mailing list and will NOT be used in any way other than to respond to your enquiry.
[contact-form-7]
TRY CHAT Terms and Conditions
If you like this service, please consider supporting us.
We use affiliate links on the blog allowing NAScompares information and advice service to be free of charge to you.Anything you purchase on the day you click on our links will generate a small commission which isused to run the website. Here is a link for Amazon and B&H.You can also get me a Ko-fi or old school Paypal. Thanks!To find out more about how to support this advice service checkHEREIf you need to fix or configure a NAS, check FiverHave you thought about helping others with your knowledge? Find Instructions Here
Or support us by using our affiliate links on Amazon UK and Amazon US
Alternatively, why not ask me on the ASK NASCompares forum, by clicking the button below. This is a community hub that serves as a place that I can answer your question, chew the fat, share new release information and even get corrections posted. I will always get around to answering ALL queries, but as a one-man operation, I cannot promise speed! So by sharing your query in the ASK NASCompares section below, you can get a better range of solutions and suggestions, alongside my own.
Does this Budget $140 AliExpress 10GbE Switch Deserve Your Data?
The landscape of 10 Gigabit Ethernet networking has seen a significant shift over the past few years, with hardware that was once considered enterprise-only gradually trickling down to the consumer and prosumer market. Affordable multi-gig switches, particularly those with 2.5G or SFP-only configurations, are now commonplace. However, the search becomes much more complicated when you’re looking for a compact, budget-friendly 10GbE switch that combines both RJ45 copper and SFP+ fiber ports — and adds basic managed features to the mix. This is precisely where the Goodtop 6-Port 10GbE Managed Switch positions itself, offering four 10GBase-T ports, two SFP+ ports, and a claimed 120Gbps backplane bandwidth, all for around $140 on AliExpress.
At this price point, it’s important to approach products like this with realistic expectations. The Goodtop switch is not aiming to compete with the likes of Cisco, Aruba, or even MikroTik in terms of long-term support or security posture. Like many white-label or lesser-known brands shipping out of China, concerns around firmware transparency, update frequency, and potential vulnerabilities are valid. This is particularly relevant for users planning to expose management interfaces to external networks or integrate these switches into larger, more sensitive environments. Still, for isolated use in lab setups, home networks, or behind firewall-protected infrastructure, devices like this can offer compelling value — if they deliver on core functionality. This review takes a closer look at the Goodtop switch’s physical design, port configuration, internal hardware, software interface, and performance characteristics. Rather than focusing on theoretical specs alone, this analysis is based on hands-on testing to determine where the unit succeeds, where it cuts corners, and what kind of buyer it’s realistically suited for.
Goodtop Budget 6 Port 10GbE Switch Review – Quick Conclusion
The Goodtop 6-Port 10GbE Managed Switch delivers impressive value by combining four 10GBase-T and two 10G SFP+ ports in a compact, low-cost form factor, making it one of the most affordable mixed-media 10GbE switches on the market. It performs reliably under load, supports a full set of essential Layer 2 features like VLANs, link aggregation, and QoS, and provides a practical way for home lab users or small setups to adopt 10G networking without overspending. However, the switch’s low price is reflected in its build quality, fixed-speed noisy fan, and a barebones, unintuitive web interface that may challenge less experienced users. Security features are minimal, with no HTTPS, 2FA, or multi-user support, making it best suited for isolated, firewall-protected environments rather than critical infrastructure. For technically confident users seeking affordable, high-speed connectivity in a controlled setting, the Goodtop switch is a capable and cost-effective option—as long as its limitations are clearly understood.
Goodtop Budget 6 Port 10GbE Switch Review – Design
The Goodtop 6-Port 10GbE switch adopts a compact footprint and minimalist industrial design that aligns with many of the budget-friendly networking products emerging from OEMs in the Chinese market. Its chassis measures 200mm x 118mm x 44mm and is constructed from a thin, painted sheet metal. At just under 700 grams, the device is easy to handle and unobtrusive on a desk or shelf. It supports both desktop placement and wall mounting, the latter made possible by a pair of hook points integrated into the casing. While the construction is adequate for light to moderate use, it doesn’t offer the heft or rigidity seen in more enterprise-leaning gear.
There are no rubber feet to reduce surface vibration, nor any rack-mounting ears included by default. The paint finish is clean but basic, and minor flexing of the panels is possible under moderate pressure. These design choices reflect an emphasis on affordability rather than robustness, and users intending to deploy this switch in harsher physical environments may want to consider added enclosure or structural reinforcement. Still, for indoor use where vibration and temperature control are consistent, the physical form is entirely serviceable.
Thermal management is handled by a single small-diameter fan mounted laterally inside the chassis, supported by perforated ventilation cutouts on the opposing side. This active cooling setup is necessary given the heat output of the internal 10GbE components, particularly when all ports are under load.
During testing, the fan proved effective in maintaining safe thermal levels across typical workloads, with internal temperature readings ranging between 31°C and 36°C depending on ambient conditions and port usage. However, the fan’s acoustic characteristics are worth noting: it operates at a fixed RPM, regardless of system temperature or network activity.
This results in a constant hum that registers between 38 and 41 dBA — not excessive, but certainly noticeable in quiet environments. There are no accessible fan speed controls in the management interface, and the unit lacks thermal sensors or thresholds that would allow for adaptive fan curves.
For users operating this switch in a studio, home office, or any acoustically sensitive environment, the persistent fan noise could be a drawback. Modifications, such as third-party silent fan replacements, may be feasible but would require disassembly and some DIY effort. Overall, the cooling solution works, but its implementation is clearly a compromise between function and cost.
The Goodtop switch is equipped with a total of six 10-Gigabit-capable ports, split between four RJ45 (10GBase-T) and two SFP+ slots. This particular configuration is uncommon at this price tier, especially among switches that offer web-based management. The inclusion of both copper and fiber interfaces in one device provides flexibility for mixed network environments — ideal for users bridging legacy copper infrastructure with newer fiber deployments or integrating NAS devices and uplinks with varying interface standards. All six ports are located on the front panel, clearly labeled and spaced far enough apart to accommodate bulkier cables and transceivers without interference.
The RJ45 ports support standard multi-gig Ethernet protocols, with backward compatibility for 100Mb, 1G, 2.5G, and 5GBase-T connections, depending on cabling. According to the manufacturer’s specs, Cat6 or better is recommended for full 10GBase-T performance up to 100 meters.
The SFP+ ports accept a wide range of 10G transceivers, including DACs (Direct Attach Copper), SR/LR fiber modules, and media converters, offering strong compatibility with third-party optics and hardware.
Despite its low cost, the switch claims a 120Gbps backplane switching capacity and a non-blocking architecture capable of 89.28 million packets per second. While exact benchmarking under full simultaneous port saturation wasn’t possible due to hardware limitations during testing, four concurrent 10GBase-T connections were tested successfully with sustained bidirectional transfers.
Under load, the unit handled transmission reliably without packet loss or obvious performance degradation. Power consumption scales with usage: idle draw sits at approximately 7.5 watts with no connected clients, while active use with four 10G copper links under sustained read/write activity peaked around 19.8 watts.
These values are in line with expectations for a full-10G switch operating with active cooling, and while not low, they are acceptable for most desktop or lab environments. It’s worth noting that due to heat generation and airflow limitations, users may experience rising internal temperatures if all six ports are driven continuously, especially in poorly ventilated setups. However, the flexibility to use either media type and the stable throughput on tested ports suggest that the internal switching logic and port handling are effectively implemented, given the device’s pricing and market position.
Internally, the Goodtop 6-Port 10GbE switch is built around a Realtek chipset configuration comprising the RTL9303 switch controller and RTL8264B PHYs, a pairing commonly found in recent budget and white-label 10G networking products. These components are designed to deliver basic Layer 2 managed functionality with support for VLAN tagging, link aggregation, and other expected switching features. Two medium-sized aluminum heatsinks cover the main chips, with thermal paste applied to ensure contact and heat dissipation, albeit passively reliant on the unit’s single fan for airflow. There is no internal battery backup, surge suppression beyond nominal protection, or modular power regulation — design choices consistent with its low cost.
The unit includes a modest 12Mbit of packet buffer memory and supports a MAC address table size of up to 16K entries, which should be sufficient for most small-to-medium environments. There are no removable components or visible debugging headers, and the board layout is straightforward with no major thermal bottlenecks observed during operation. Overall, the hardware design is minimal but appropriate for the target use case: non-critical environments requiring inexpensive multi-gig connectivity without expectations of advanced redundancy or hardware resilience. While it doesn’t compete with enterprise-class internals in terms of engineering quality or extensibility, it does reflect a competent implementation of entry-level switching silicon with functional thermal management.
Goodtop Budget 6 Port 10GbE Switch Review – Software
The Goodtop switch ships with a built-in web-based management interface that allows users to configure a range of Layer 2 features typical of entry-level managed switches. The interface is accessible via a browser once an IP address is assigned, and no additional software is required. However, the overall presentation and usability of the software are quite basic. The UI lacks visual polish, contextual help, or guided configuration tools. Navigation is functional but unintuitive, with much of the terminology and layout appearing generic and unbranded — a likely result of the firmware being repurposed from a reference design or OEM platform.
There are no wizards or safety prompts to prevent misconfiguration, which could make the switch challenging for less experienced users to manage safely. Additionally, there is no mobile optimization or official companion app, and the interface does not support HTTPS out of the box. Firmware updates are possible via the web console, though update channels or changelogs are not provided, and documentation is sparse.
Despite its limited interface design, the switch includes a solid range of features that are normally found in more expensive units. These include core Layer 2 controls and essential traffic management capabilities, offering flexibility for VLAN segmentation, link aggregation, and network troubleshooting. While these features are mostly geared toward technical users, they cover a surprisingly broad spectrum of functionality for a switch in this price bracket. However, it’s worth noting that the interface offers no access controls beyond a single user account, no two-factor authentication, and no role-based access — all of which may concern users deploying this switch in sensitive or multi-user environments. Fan speed control, system logs, or SNMP monitoring are also absent, limiting the unit’s viability for more advanced administrative needs. Key supported features include:
VLAN support (802.1Q, VLAN IDs 1–4094)
Port-based VLAN assignment
Link Aggregation (LACP)
Loop detection
Jumbo frame support (up to 9K bytes)
MAC address filtering
Port mirroring
Broadcast storm control
QoS / Port-based priority settings
Traffic statistics monitoring
Basic firmware upgrade support
These tools are adequate for static network environments or those with fixed segmentation needs, but administrators seeking dynamic configuration, remote logging, or integration with monitoring platforms will find the software lacking in depth.
Goodtop Budget 6 Port 10GbE Switch Review – Verdict and Conclusion
The Goodtop 6-Port 10GbE Managed Switch offers an appealing combination of features that are rarely found together in a product at this price point. With four 10GBase-T copper ports and two 10G SFP+ fiber slots, it caters to users who need to bridge different media types without investing in multiple specialized devices. The unit delivers consistent throughput, a practical management interface, and baseline Layer 2 capabilities suitable for most small-scale, static deployments. For those building or expanding home labs, adding high-speed links between servers and NAS devices, or testing 10GbE equipment without committing to enterprise-level budgets, this switch is a very practical and accessible option. The price tag — typically hovering between $130 and $140 — is particularly compelling when compared with similar switches from established brands, which often cost two to three times as much while offering fewer ports or omitting management functionality.
However, it’s important to understand what trade-offs make that low cost possible. Physically, the unit is built with budget-grade materials, and although the compact design is functional, the thin metal chassis lacks the rigidity and passive cooling features seen in more expensive models. The inclusion of active cooling is necessary given the switch’s full 10GbE capability, but the fixed-speed fan results in a persistent acoustic presence that may not be acceptable in quiet workspaces. In terms of power usage and thermal output, the switch performs within expectations, though it naturally draws more power than multi-gig or 1G devices — something to consider if operating in environments sensitive to power efficiency or heat buildup.
On the software side, the web-based management interface includes a reasonably full feature set for configuring VLANs, link aggregation, QoS, and port monitoring, but the UI is visually dated, lacking intuitive navigation, helpful prompts, or contextual explanations. For seasoned users comfortable with networking terminology and manual configuration, this isn’t a major obstacle. However, newcomers may find the software overwhelming or difficult to use without external guidance. Security is another area where the switch shows its limitations. The absence of HTTPS access, multi-user management, or basic features like two-factor authentication limits its suitability for exposed or multi-tenant environments. Firmware updates are possible, but no public update path or official support channels are offered, making long-term update viability uncertain.
Ultimately, this is a product built around value — and that value is real, as long as buyers know what they’re getting into. The Goodtop switch does not pretend to be a polished enterprise-grade solution, nor does it offer the ecosystem integration or long-term support found in more expensive alternatives. Instead, it provides raw functionality: six full-speed 10GbE ports, a working management layer, and compatibility with a wide range of copper and optical transceivers. For environments that are self-contained, technically managed, and not security-critical, this device offers performance that aligns well with its low cost. For those willing to make small compromises on build quality and user experience, it’s an excellent option for extending 10G connectivity without overspending.
This description contains links to Amazon. These links will take you to some of the products mentioned in today's content. As an Amazon Associate, I earn from qualifying purchases. Visit the NASCompares Deal Finder to find the best place to buy this device in your region, based on Service, Support and Reputation - Just Search for your NAS Drive in the Box Below
Need Advice on Data Storage from an Expert?
Finally, for free advice about your setup, just leave a message in the comments below here at NASCompares.com and we will get back to you.Need Help?
Where possible (and where appropriate) please provide as much information about your requirements, as then I can arrange the best answer and solution to your needs. Do not worry about your e-mail address being required, it will NOT be used in a mailing list and will NOT be used in any way other than to respond to your enquiry.
[contact-form-7]
TRY CHAT Terms and Conditions
If you like this service, please consider supporting us.
We use affiliate links on the blog allowing NAScompares information and advice service to be free of charge to you.Anything you purchase on the day you click on our links will generate a small commission which isused to run the website. Here is a link for Amazon and B&H.You can also get me a Ko-fi or old school Paypal. Thanks!To find out more about how to support this advice service checkHEREIf you need to fix or configure a NAS, check FiverHave you thought about helping others with your knowledge? Find Instructions Here
Or support us by using our affiliate links on Amazon UK and Amazon US
Alternatively, why not ask me on the ASK NASCompares forum, by clicking the button below. This is a community hub that serves as a place that I can answer your question, chew the fat, share new release information and even get corrections posted. I will always get around to answering ALL queries, but as a one-man operation, I cannot promise speed! So by sharing your query in the ASK NASCompares section below, you can get a better range of solutions and suggestions, alongside my own.
The Synology DS425+ is a 4-bay NAS system launched in mid-2025 as part of the company’s continued refresh of its Plus Series product line, replacing the DS423+. It is designed to serve home power users, creative professionals, and small business environments that require a balance of reliable storage, streamlined software integration, and modest multimedia capabilities. The unit retains a familiar chassis and architecture, featuring the Intel Celeron J4125 quad-core processor (2.0 GHz base, 2.7 GHz burst) with integrated graphics support, 2GB of soldered DDR4 memory (expandable up to 6GB with an additional 4GB Synology module), and two M.2 NVMe slots intended primarily for SSD caching using Synology-verified drives.
Alongside this hardware, the DS425+ runs DSM 7.2 and includes the full suite of Synology services, such as Active Backup, Surveillance Station, Virtual Machine Manager, Synology Drive, and Hybrid RAID (SHR) support. Network connectivity is handled by a single 2.5GbE and a 1GbE port, while two USB 3.2 Gen 1 ports enable external storage or UPS integration. Despite minimal hardware changes over its predecessor, the DS425+ demonstrates Synology’s continued focus on efficiency, low noise output, and energy-conscious operation—important factors for users planning to run a 24/7 NAS. However, these choices also reflect broader changes in Synology’s platform strategy that may not suit every user, especially those seeking higher flexibility or modern internal specifications.
SOFTWARE - 10/10
HARDWARE - 4/10
PERFORMANCE - 6/10
PRICE - 6/10
VALUE - 7/10
6.6
PROS
DSM 7.2 Operating System: Offers a rich suite of first-party apps including Active Backup, Surveillance Station, Synology Drive, and Hyper Backup with strong cross-platform support. Low Noise and Power Consumption: Quiet 92mm fan setup and efficient power usage (~28W under load) make it ideal for 24/7 operation in home or office environments. Integrated Graphics (Intel UHD 600): Supports light Plex or Jellyfin hardware transcoding for 1080p media, a rare inclusion in Synology’s 2025 lineup. Compact and Versatile Design: Small chassis with 4 SATA bays and 2 M.2 NVMe slots for cache acceleration, supporting RAID 5/6 and SHR. Strong Security Posture: Includes 2FA, SSL, VPN tools, and a proactive PSIRT vulnerability disclosure program for ongoing protection. Good Thermal Management: Maintains stable drive and system temperatures (~32–35°C) even under moderate load. Broad Software Ecosystem: Additional apps like Synology Photos, Chat, Office, and Drive make it a multi-functional NAS beyond just storage.
CONS
Strict Drive Compatibility: Requires Synology-only HDDs and SSDs for full functionality; third-party drives trigger warnings or are blocked entirely. Outdated CPU Platform: Uses a 2019-era Intel J4125 CPU, now underpowered compared to newer Intel N-series or AMD embedded chips. Memory Upgrade Limitations: Comes with 2GB soldered RAM, upgradeable to only 6GB total, and officially supports Synology-branded memory only. Limited Connectivity and I/O: No PCIe, eSATA, or SD card support; only one 2.5GbE and two 5Gbps USB ports—lagging behind competitors in 2025.
One of the most compelling reasons to consider the DS425+ is its support for Synology’s DiskStation Manager (DSM), a mature and highly integrated NAS operating system. DSM 7.2, which comes preinstalled, offers a unified and consistent user experience with a wide range of built-in applications tailored for home users, remote workers, and small office setups. Core tools like Active Backup for Business allow centralized backup of entire operating systems, folders, and virtual machines, making the DS425+ useful as a bare-metal recovery or disaster recovery node. Hyper Backup enables encrypted, versioned backups to local, remote, or cloud destinations, while tools like Snapshot Replication provide rapid rollbacks and protection against ransomware.
Synology also offers sector-specific solutions through packages like Surveillance Station and Virtual Machine Manager, the former allowing support for up to 40 cameras (with up to 800FPS at 1080p H.264), and the latter providing basic VM hosting for Linux and lightweight Windows workloads. These tools are tightly optimized for the hardware, with low overhead and accessible browser-based management. Furthermore, the DS425+ supports Synology Hybrid RAID (SHR), giving users more flexibility when mixing drive capacities and minimizing unused storage space compared to traditional RAID models.
DSM extends beyond simple storage management by including companion apps like Synology Photos, Drive, and Chat, all of which are compatible with Windows, macOS, Android, and iOS. The DS425+ integrates these tools with centralized user management, group permissions, and support for LDAP and Active Directory.
For users who value reliability, Synology’s proactive security strategy—including its public security advisories, pen-testing initiatives, and in-house incident response—adds extra confidence to the long-term stability and safety of the system. In many cases, users report that the simplicity and polish of DSM is what keeps them loyal to the Synology platform, even when hardware specifications appear modest.
Strict Drive Compatibility and Locked Storage Expansion
One of the most significant limitations of the DS425+ is its strict enforcement of Synology-only drive compatibility, particularly for both 3.5″ HDDs and M.2 NVMe SSDs. As of mid-2025, this model only allows full functionality when paired with Synology-branded drives, such as the HAT5300 series for hard disks or SNV3410/3510 for SSDs.
If users attempt to install non-Synology drives—even widely used options like Seagate IronWolf or WD Red—the system will either block the drives entirely or present warnings and restrict key functionality, such as RAID rebuild, hot spare assignment, or expansion. This policy represents a significant departure from Synology’s historically broader compatibility stance and has become a source of ongoing controversy among users and reviewers alike.
From a practical standpoint, this limitation can result in higher upfront costs, reduced flexibility in sourcing drives, and long-term concerns about availability and vendor lock-in. For example, Synology’s high-capacity enterprise HDDs are often difficult to find in retail channels and may be priced at a premium compared to similar offerings from Seagate or Toshiba.
Users migrating from older Synology systems who want to reuse perfectly functional drives may find themselves unable to do so, as the new system won’t allow proper array recovery or expansion unless all drives meet the strict compatibility criteria. While this approach enables Synology to tightly optimize performance and reliability, it effectively turns the DS425+ into a semi-proprietary ecosystem where even core storage components are vendor-restricted.
This is particularly frustrating for experienced NAS users who expect to mix and match drives or who run environments where hardware recycling and drive lifecycle management are critical. The decision also impacts future-proofing: users who want to grow their arrays over time must now ensure drive stock alignment with Synology’s approved list, which may change over time or vary by region. Despite DSM’s strengths, this hard stance on compatibility significantly undermines one of the key selling points of NAS platforms—modularity—and could be a dealbreaker for value-conscious users or those with existing disk investments.
Low Noise and Power Efficiency for 24/7 Use
Another advantage of the DS425+ lies in its energy-efficient and acoustically quiet design, which makes it highly suitable for constant operation in homes, studios, or office environments where noise and heat are critical considerations. Based on extended testing, the system consumes just 28.25W under access load and drops to as low as 6.10W in HDD hibernation, making it one of the more economical NAS units in its class when measured over long-term 24/7 usage.
Even when populated with four 4TB hard drives and placed under sustained load, real-world power draw rarely exceeded 44W during high CPU utilization. This is further aided by the relatively low thermal output, with ambient casing temperatures measured around 32°C and drive bays stabilizing at just 35°C under load.
In terms of acoustic performance, the DS425+ is equipped with two 92mm fans, and noise testing shows the system remains quiet enough for close-proximity deployment. In idle mode with the fans on their lowest profile, it registers a sound level between 36 to 38 dB(A), which increases only moderately under load or at medium fan speed. Even when the system was manually set to full fan speed with high drive activity, noise output peaked at 53 dB(A)—still manageable for most non-silent workspaces. This operational profile makes the DS425+ appealing to users seeking a low-maintenance NAS that can be discreetly placed in a shared room, office, or AV rack without introducing unwanted distraction or thermal buildup.
This power and noise behavior also helps prolong component lifespan, particularly in warmer climates or enclosed cabinets, and supports use cases like 24/7 media server operation, offsite backups, or even small-scale CCTV archiving. Importantly, despite these low operating figures, the DS425+ still maintains stability and consistent throughput thanks to the efficiency of the J4125 processor and DSM’s power-aware service management. These characteristics, often underappreciated in specs alone, make it especially suitable for those who want reliable long-term uptime without high energy costs or acoustic interference.
Memory Limitations and Unorthodox Upgrade Path
The DS425+ comes with 2GB of DDR4 memory soldered directly to the motherboard, which is low by 2025 standards even for entry-level NAS devices. While it includes an additional memory slot that allows for the installation of a single 4GB module, the system officially supports a maximum of just 6GB of total RAM. This is an unusual and restrictive configuration, especially when many modern NAS devices now ship with 4GB or 8GB by default, and support 16GB or more—sometimes with dual-channel configurations for better performance. Synology’s strict validation policy also means that only their branded RAM (e.g. D4NESO-2666-4G) is fully supported, and installing third-party modules can trigger warnings in DSM or potentially void support coverage.
This memory ceiling becomes problematic when running DSM features that scale with RAM usage, such as Synology Drive, Snapshot Replication, Virtual Machine Manager, or Surveillance Station. As observed during testing, the DS425+ routinely used 27–38% of its available memory at idle, even without third-party packages installed. This is largely due to DSM’s intelligent memory caching system, which improves performance but leaves little headroom for user-defined workloads. Once additional services or multimedia indexing tasks are introduced, memory utilization climbs quickly, increasing the risk of slowdowns, swap usage, or outright service failure under peak demand.
For users who intend to deploy containers, host multiple camera feeds, or run even a small number of VMs, this limitation may lead to bottlenecks sooner than expected. It also makes the DS425+ a less viable choice for future expansion or multi-user environments. Unlike other NAS brands that allow full third-party upgrade freedom—or systems with dual RAM slots and broader capacity support—Synology’s enforced limitations here represent another example of the platform’s increasingly locked-down approach. For a system marketed to prosumers, the inability to exceed 6GB RAM comfortably is a notable technical and strategic constraint.
Integrated Graphics for Light Media Transcoding
Unlike many NAS units in this price tier, the DS425+ includes an Intel Celeron J4125 processor with integrated Intel UHD Graphics 600, which unlocks hardware-accelerated video decoding and transcoding in supported applications like Plex or Jellyfin. This makes the DS425+ one of the few Synology models in 2025 that still offers integrated GPU support out of the box, especially as newer Synology models with more recent CPUs have increasingly omitted integrated graphics. While the DS425+ is not intended to replace a dedicated media server, its GPU can significantly improve performance and efficiency for on-the-fly transcoding of formats like H.264 and H.265 (HEVC), particularly when streaming to remote clients with bandwidth constraints.
In real-world usage scenarios, this means the DS425+ can handle direct streaming and limited transcoding of 1080p content without overwhelming the CPU, provided the source formats are within the GPU’s supported codec list. During Plex testing, the DS425+ performed adequately with one or two 1080p transcodes running simultaneously, and was also able to manage basic 4K downscaling if the codec was natively supported by the hardware. For home users who have mixed devices—such as smart TVs, mobile devices, and tablets that vary in codec support—the presence of hardware transcoding offers improved flexibility without requiring as much manual conversion or format standardization of their media library.
Additionally, Synology’s native multimedia applications such as Surveillance Station and Synology Photos also benefit from GPU acceleration, helping speed up thumbnail generation, indexing, and playback, especially for high-resolution image and video collections. While raw CPU power in the DS425+ is modest by 2025 standards, the inclusion of integrated graphics helps balance out performance for lightweight graphical workloads and makes the system more viable as a general-purpose media hub. For users considering a NAS for Plex, family media streaming, or small business content previews, this capability adds meaningful value—especially since few modern Synology NAS devices still include Intel-based chips with iGPU support.
Outdated CPU Platform and Limited Performance Headroom
The DS425+ ships with the Intel Celeron J4125, a 4-core, 4-thread processor that was originally launched in late 2019. While it offers modest performance and includes integrated graphics, the J4125 is now significantly behind modern alternatives in both efficiency and raw compute power. Intel itself has discontinued the Celeron branding entirely, moving toward newer architectures like Alder Lake-N and Jasper Lake, which offer improved IPC (instructions per cycle), higher core/thread counts, and better thermal efficiency—all while retaining low power consumption. In comparison, the J4125’s aging 14nm Gemini Lake architecture struggles with heavier multitasking, especially when running services like virtual machines, surveillance workloads, or multiple Docker containers in parallel.
Synology has retained this CPU across several generations of its 2- and 4-bay Plus series models, which makes the DS425+ feel less like a generational upgrade and more like a lateral move. During performance testing, the unit handled DSM core tasks and multimedia indexing smoothly, but CPU load increased sharply under heavier tasks such as simultaneous Surveillance Station streams, Hyper Backup routines, or basic VM instances.
Synology DS224+ NAS Memory
This limited headroom constrains the DS425+ to light-to-moderate workloads, and it can bottleneck more quickly than newer systems from other brands using more recent Intel N-series or AMD Ryzen Embedded CPUs. This is especially important as DSM continues to add new features that may increase background resource consumption over time.
Additionally, the CPU’s lack of support for modern instruction sets or features like AVX can limit compatibility with certain Docker containers or third-party applications that expect more recent hardware. While the DS425+ can serve well as a general-purpose file server or light media NAS, it’s not suited for users who anticipate growth into heavier mixed-use deployments. In a 2025 market where many similarly priced NAS units offer 6- or 8-core CPUs and PCIe Gen 3 or 4 support, the DS425+ feels constrained and unlikely to age well for users with evolving or expanding workloads.
Compact Form Factor with Versatile Storage Options
The DS425+ offers a space-efficient chassis design that houses four 3.5″/2.5″ SATA drive bays, along with two M.2 2280 NVMe SSD slots for caching. This provides a versatile platform for users who want flexible storage layouts without moving to a physically larger or more expensive rackmount or tower system.
The vertical orientation of the chassis, measuring just 166 x 199 x 223 mm, makes it easy to deploy the device in tight workspaces, shelving units, or beneath desks—ideal for small offices, home studios, or AV setups where space is at a premium. Despite its small footprint, the device retains full support for key RAID configurations including SHR, RAID 5/6/10, and JBOD, and offers hot-swappable access to the main drive bays for ease of maintenance.
The inclusion of two M.2 NVMe slots on the base of the unit allows users to improve performance through read/write caching without sacrificing primary drive bays. Although these M.2 slots are limited to Synology-verified SSDs and are not usable for storage pools, they can still offer significant boosts to random I/O performance in multi-user environments or when used with demanding workloads like Synology Drive or VM hosting. Combined with support for SSD TRIM and smart cache algorithms within DSM, the system can be tuned to optimize response times during high-access periods without introducing large amounts of memory overhead.
From a practical standpoint, this layout is beneficial for users managing multiple storage tiers, such as a mix of large-capacity HDDs for archiving and faster SSDs for active projects or virtual machines. Furthermore, the DS425+ supports volume expansion using larger capacity drives, RAID migration options (e.g. from Basic to RAID 5 or RAID 5 to RAID 6), and up to 32 internal volumes, giving users enough headroom for future scaling. These features, while standard in DSM, are fully supported in this chassis and make it easier to adapt the NAS as storage needs evolve—without the need to start from scratch or invest in a new enclosure.
Limited I/O and Underwhelming Connectivity for the Price
While the DS425+ introduces a 2.5GbE network port alongside a legacy 1GbE port, the rest of its I/O configuration is relatively limited and arguably outdated compared to competitors in its price range. The system includes just two USB 3.2 Gen 1 ports, both of which operate at 5Gbps rather than the more modern 10Gbps (Gen 2) speeds that are increasingly common in 2025. There is no SD card slot, no eSATA or PCIe expansion slot, and no HDMI output, all of which are features now appearing on rival NAS systems from QNAP, TerraMaster, and UGREEN—even at similar or lower price points. These omissions restrict how the device can be expanded or integrated into more complex workflows, such as direct-attached backup targets, external GPU support, or quick media ingestion.
The presence of only a single 2.5GbE port also imposes a bottleneck for users wanting to make full use of SSD caching or high-throughput RAID configurations. There is no support for link aggregation, as the 1GbE and 2.5GbE ports cannot be bonded in a meaningful way, and the system lacks support for 5GbE or 10GbE—either onboard or via expansion. In scenarios where large video files, virtual machine images, or multiple users are simultaneously accessing data, the NAS may become network-bound more quickly than other models with multi-GbE or SFP+ connectivity.
Furthermore, while DSM offers support for USB peripherals such as external drives and UPS devices, the limited port count and bandwidth mean there is little headroom for simultaneous external expansions, and the brand limits the support of USB peripherals for security reasons. For example, attaching both an external drive and a USB-connected UPS may require unplugging one to rotate in another device. This may not impact casual home users, but for power users managing workflows like video editing, offsite rotation backups, or multi-location file sync, this level of I/O flexibility feels dated. When factoring in the DS425+’s pricing, which places it near many NAS models with more expansive I/O, this minimalism can be a significant drawback.
Strong Security Framework and Proactive Vulnerability Management
The DS425+ benefits from Synology’s broader emphasis on security, offering a robust framework for data protection, secure remote access, and proactive threat mitigation. DSM includes built-in tools such as firewall rules, auto-blocking of suspicious IPs, HTTPS configuration, and native integration with Let’s Encrypt for SSL certificates. Two-factor authentication (2FA) can be enforced per user or globally, and built-in VPN server options (including OpenVPN and L2TP/IPSec) provide secure tunnels for remote workers or offsite access. For businesses or power users hosting sensitive data, the inclusion of AES-NI hardware encryption ensures efficient at-rest protection without drastically impacting system performance.
What sets Synology apart is its ongoing commitment to security research and response. The company operates a public-facing Product Security Incident Response Team (PSIRT) and regularly updates a detailed security advisory page disclosing vulnerabilities and their mitigations. Synology also participates in Pwn2Own, a white-hat hacking competition, and runs internal bug bounty programs to uncover and patch exploits before they are discovered in the wild. This culture of transparency and preemptive action is especially valuable as NAS devices become more frequently targeted by malware and ransomware threats, particularly those exposed to the internet or used in hybrid cloud workflows.
Additionally, many DSM apps include granular permission management, audit logs, and user-based access rules, giving administrators tight control over file shares, backup targets, and service access. Synology’s Hybrid Share and Cloud Sync tools support end-to-end encryption and offer options to decouple cloud storage keys from the local system, further strengthening data sovereignty. For users concerned with long-term viability and platform trust, Synology’s structured and well-documented security practices help the DS425+ stand out against competitors that may offer more hardware but less attention to software and infrastructure hardening. This makes it a viable choice for users prioritizing data safety in either personal or professional contexts.
Questionable Long-Term Value Amid Shifting Synology Strategy
Another concern with the DS425+ is its position within Synology’s evolving product strategy, which raises questions about long-term support and ecosystem focus. Synology has recently been expanding its BeeStation and BeeStation Plus lines—pre-populated, user-friendly NAS solutions that share similar hardware (in some cases, the same J4125 CPU), but are bundled with drives and offer a simplified DSM variant tailored for general consumers. These systems, while more limited in scope, are marketed as turnkey alternatives with lower pricing and fewer user-configurable components. The DS425+, by contrast, sits awkwardly between Synology’s increasingly restrictive hardware requirements and the emerging shift toward closed, fully managed platforms.
This change in trajectory creates uncertainty for prospective buyers looking for a long-term investment. If Synology continues prioritizing its proprietary hardware and software pairings, users who prefer modularity, drive freedom, or advanced customization may find themselves increasingly constrained. As already noted, the DS425+ enforces tight compatibility rules, limits memory expansion, and restricts NVMe usage to caching only. At the same time, Synology is streamlining its portfolio around devices with even stricter limitations but more mass-market appeal. This raises the possibility that traditional “Plus” models like the DS425+ may be sidelined or see fewer feature updates in future DSM releases, as Synology shifts development toward more controlled environments.
From a cost perspective, the DS425+ is priced around $519, placing it uncomfortably close to more powerful third-party NAS systems that offer better CPUs, more RAM, and greater I/O flexibility. Competing brands frequently offer 4-bay systems with modern N-series Intel processors or embedded AMD chips, 8GB+ of memory, and faster networking, often for the same or lower price. As a result, the DS425+ risks being outclassed not only by its competition, but by Synology’s own growing lineup of prepackaged solutions. Users investing in the DS425+ today may find themselves limited not just by current specs, but by an ecosystem slowly drifting away from the prosumer and enthusiast segment this model was originally meant to serve.
Synology DS425+ NAS Review – Conclusion and Verdict
The Synology DS425+ presents a mixed proposition in 2025. On one hand, it remains a competent 4-bay NAS solution for users prioritizing software integration, low power operation, and quiet, reliable 24/7 usage. Its support for DSM 7.2 and the full suite of Synology applications—ranging from Active Backup to Surveillance Station and Synology Drive—makes it a strong turnkey platform for general-purpose storage, backup, and multimedia needs. Integrated graphics give it an edge in light media streaming scenarios, and its support for M.2 NVMe caching allows for performance optimization without occupying drive bays. It’s a well-built device that continues to “just work,” particularly in home and small office setups where reliability, simplicity, and refined software matter more than raw horsepower.
However, these strengths are increasingly offset by hardware limitations and Synology’s increasingly restrictive ecosystem. The soldered 2GB of RAM, locked 6GB memory ceiling, outdated CPU, limited I/O, and especially the enforced use of Synology-only drives all hinder flexibility and long-term value. When compared to similarly priced alternatives from competing NAS vendors—many of which offer newer processors, faster ports, and full hardware freedom—the DS425+ can feel constrained and overpriced. In addition, Synology’s expanding focus on pre-populated BeeStation devices suggests a possible shift away from traditional DIY-friendly models like this one. For users who are already invested in the Synology ecosystem or who value DSM above all else, the DS425+ may still be a worthwhile buy. But for those seeking hardware scalability, third-party compatibility, or better price-to-performance, it may be worth considering other options or waiting to see how Synology’s roadmap evolves.
DSM 7.2 Operating System: Offers a rich suite of first-party apps including Active Backup, Surveillance Station, Synology Drive, and Hyper Backup with strong cross-platform support.
Low Noise and Power Consumption: Quiet 92mm fan setup and efficient power usage (~28W under load) make it ideal for 24/7 operation in home or office environments.
Integrated Graphics (Intel UHD 600): Supports light Plex or Jellyfin hardware transcoding for 1080p media, a rare inclusion in Synology’s 2025 lineup.
Compact and Versatile Design: Small chassis with 4 SATA bays and 2 M.2 NVMe slots for cache acceleration, supporting RAID 5/6 and SHR.
Strong Security Posture: Includes 2FA, SSL, VPN tools, and a proactive PSIRT vulnerability disclosure program for ongoing protection.
Good Thermal Management: Maintains stable drive and system temperatures (~32–35°C) even under moderate load.
Broad Software Ecosystem: Additional apps like Synology Photos, Chat, Office, and Drive make it a multi-functional NAS beyond just storage.
Strict Drive Compatibility: Requires Synology-only HDDs and SSDs for full functionality; third-party drives trigger warnings or are blocked entirely.
Outdated CPU Platform: Uses a 2019-era Intel J4125 CPU, now underpowered compared to newer Intel N-series or AMD embedded chips.
Memory Upgrade Limitations: Comes with 2GB soldered RAM, upgradeable to only 6GB total, and officially supports Synology-branded memory only.
Limited Connectivity and I/O: No PCIe, eSATA, or SD card support; only one 2.5GbE and two 5Gbps USB ports—lagging behind competitors in 2025.
This description contains links to Amazon. These links will take you to some of the products mentioned in today's content. As an Amazon Associate, I earn from qualifying purchases. Visit the NASCompares Deal Finder to find the best place to buy this device in your region, based on Service, Support and Reputation - Just Search for your NAS Drive in the Box Below
Need Advice on Data Storage from an Expert?
Finally, for free advice about your setup, just leave a message in the comments below here at NASCompares.com and we will get back to you.Need Help?
Where possible (and where appropriate) please provide as much information about your requirements, as then I can arrange the best answer and solution to your needs. Do not worry about your e-mail address being required, it will NOT be used in a mailing list and will NOT be used in any way other than to respond to your enquiry.
[contact-form-7]
TRY CHAT Terms and Conditions
If you like this service, please consider supporting us.
We use affiliate links on the blog allowing NAScompares information and advice service to be free of charge to you.Anything you purchase on the day you click on our links will generate a small commission which isused to run the website. Here is a link for Amazon and B&H.You can also get me a Ko-fi or old school Paypal. Thanks!To find out more about how to support this advice service checkHEREIf you need to fix or configure a NAS, check FiverHave you thought about helping others with your knowledge? Find Instructions Here
Or support us by using our affiliate links on Amazon UK and Amazon US
Alternatively, why not ask me on the ASK NASCompares forum, by clicking the button below. This is a community hub that serves as a place that I can answer your question, chew the fat, share new release information and even get corrections posted. I will always get around to answering ALL queries, but as a one-man operation, I cannot promise speed! So by sharing your query in the ASK NASCompares section below, you can get a better range of solutions and suggestions, alongside my own.
Synology DS1825+ vs UGREEN DXP8800 PLUS NAS – Which Should You Buy?
In 2025, the market for high-capacity 8-bay NAS systems has become more competitive than ever, with traditional leaders like Synology now facing serious contenders from newer brands such as UGREEN. The Synology DS1825+ represents the company’s latest flagship in the Plus series, incorporating a more restrictive hardware ecosystem and a focus on long-term software support, surveillance integration, and backup solutions. In contrast, the UGREEN DXP8800 Plus leans heavily into raw hardware capability and customization, offering an unlocked platform for power users and DIY enthusiasts.
This head-to-head comparison explores both systems in terms of design, internal specifications, external connectivity, operating systems, and service ecosystems. Beyond surface specs, we’ll also assess real-world usability, third-party compatibility, and the broader implications of each system’s approach to expansion and user control. Whether you’re choosing a NAS for Plex, virtual machines, business continuity, or scalable 10GbE storage, this article aims to clarify which of these two NAS units better fits different user scenarios in 2025 and beyond.
The Synology DS1825+ is an 8-bay desktop NAS that marks a significant shift in the company’s approach to hardware and compatibility. Equipped with the AMD Ryzen Embedded V1500B processor—a 4-core, 8-thread chip running at 2.2GHz —this system balances power efficiency with performance across general file operations, virtualization, and media hosting. It includes support for up to 32GB of ECC DDR5 memory (2x SODIMM, arriving with 8GB by default), two M.2 NVMe slots for Synology-only SSD caching, and an onboard 10GbE port alongside three USB 3.2 Gen 1 ports. However, Synology’s controversial locked ecosystem continues here, restricting users to only Synology-branded drives for full support and access to storage pools, along with limited use of the NVMe bays strictly for cache, not storage.
While its internal hardware is more capable than previous Plus series models, the DS1825+ removes several features seen in past units. By default, it arrives with 2x 2.5GbE network ports, with the option to scale upto 10GbE with the use of a 1st party upgrade PCIe card, but at this pricepoint many users wuld expect 10GbE as standard. The shift to DSM 7.2 brings a refined software experience, including native Active Backup for Business, Hyper Backup, Surveillance Station, and full Docker support. However, DSM’s increasing reliance on Synology’s own hardware and subscription services, such as C2 Surveillance Proxy and Synology Drive Server, makes it harder for users to customize or expand without sticking to Synology’s ecosystem. Overall, the DS1825+ is best suited for users who want an integrated, secure, and reliable NAS experience with minimal manual setup, provided they are comfortable with the tighter hardware constraints.
The UGREEN DXP8800 Plus is an 8-bay NAS solution that positions itself as a powerful, open-platform alternative for users seeking greater control over hardware and software customization. At the heart of the system is the 8-core, 16-thread Intel Core i5-1235U processor, paired with 8GB of DDR5 memory (expandable up to 64GB), but lacks support for ECC memory. Unlike its Synology counterpart, the DXP8800 Plus supports a much wider range of third-party hard drives and SSDs, and offers 2x Gen 4×4 M.2 NVMe slots that can be used not only for cache but also for primary or tiered storage, depending on the user’s operating system. This flexibility is backed by a user-serviceable layout and BIOS access, which allows full compatibility with alternative NAS OS options such as TrueNAS SCALE, UnRAID, or OpenMediaVault.
Connectivity is another area where the DXP8800 Plus stands out. It features two native 10GbE (RJ45) ports, two 2.5GbE ports, and dual USB4/Thunderbolt 4 ports, dramatically expanding external storage, docking, and display capabilities. This, combined with onboard HDMI output and front-accessible USB 3.2 ports, makes it far more versatile for media creation, backup workflows, and even lightweight workstation use. However, the DXP8800 Plus does not come with a polished first-party NAS operating system—UGREEN’s UGOS Pro remains in early stages, and lacks many of the mature backup, surveillance, and cloud services found in DSM. As such, the DXP8800 Plus is ideal for tech-savvy users who value open architecture, higher hardware flexibility, and self-managed software ecosystems over out-of-the-box turnkey simplicity.
Synology DS1825+ vs UGREEN DXP8800 PLUS NAS – Design and Storage
The Synology DS1825+ maintains the familiar chassis style used in the Plus series, combining functionality with conservative aesthetics. It features a full-sized 8-bay front panel with lockable trays, designed for tool-less insertion of 3.5” SATA drives and optional 2.5” adapters. The main body is a mix of steel and plastic, with a focus on rigidity and reduced vibration. The system lacks any onboard display or LCD, offering only basic LED indicators for system status, drive activity, and alerts, which may frustrate users seeking at-a-glance diagnostics. Access to internal components like the DDR5 ECC RAM and dual M.2 NVMe slots requires removing the top cover and internal caddy brackets, which isn’t as straightforward as it could be—especially given that the NVMe slots are only usable for cache and require Synology-branded drives. Thermal management relies on dual 120mm rear-mounted fans, which operate quietly but are non-replaceable without voiding warranty due to the proprietary fan harness. Physically, the NAS is slightly larger than competing 8-bay units and lacks rubberized feet or vibration isolation, which may be relevant for users placing it on shared work surfaces or desks.
The UGREEN DXP8800 Plus delivers a contrasting design focused on space efficiency, cooling, and user-accessibility. The NAS is housed in a durable metal shell with perforated side panels and a high-density internal structure. Despite its smaller footprint, it manages to accommodate eight SATA bays, two 4X4 M.2 NVMe slots, two SODIMM slots, and active cooling—all while remaining user-serviceable with just a standard screwdriver. The hot-swap trays are spring-loaded and support tool-less 3.5” drives or 2.5” drives via included screws. Access to RAM and SSD slots is streamlined through a simple internal partition design that doesn’t require full disassembly, making upgrades significantly faster than on the DS1825+. The rear exhaust fan is larger than expected for a device this compact, and although thermals are generally within acceptable limits, our testing showed that M.2 SSDs running at PCIe Gen 3 speeds did reach over 65°C during sustained I/O, especially when mounted without aftermarket heatsinks. Unlike Synology, UGREEN includes front-mounted USB 3.2 Gen 2 ports (Type-A and Type-C), ideal for creators and users who frequently move large projects or footage onto the system using direct-attached storage.
When it comes to storage flexibility, the differences are stark. Synology’s DS1825+ enforces a strict hardware compatibility policy, where only Synology-certified HDDs (such as the HAT5300) and SSDs (SAT5200 or SNV3410/3510) are officially supported. Drives outside this list may trigger warnings, be ineligible for pools, or lose access to SMART health readings. NVMe drives cannot be used for storage volumes at all and are locked to caching roles only. These restrictions are enforced by DSM 7.2+ and persist even with the system fully updated.
By contrast, the UGREEN DXP8800 Plus places no such limits. Any SATA or NVMe drive can be used, and users can create pools across mixed-capacity and mixed-brand disks, including enterprise-grade drives. Storage volumes can be configured freely in supported OS environments, and the two M.2 slots can act as primary storage, tiered ZFS vdevs, or cache depending on the OS—TrueNAS SCALE, for instance, recognized all M.2 drives and allowed custom pool creation without issue. This makes UGREEN’s system more attractive to users with existing drives or specific ZFS/Btrfs layouts in mind.
Synology DS1825+ vs UGREEN DXP8800 PLUS NAS – Internal Hardware
he Synology DS1825+ is built around the AMD Ryzen V1500B processor, a 4-core, 8-thread embedded SoC designed specifically for NAS and server workloads. With a fixed base clock of 2.2GHz and no boost functionality, this Zen-based CPU focuses on stability, multi-threaded efficiency, and low power consumption, making it well-suited for consistent background operations like file serving, multi-client backups, and large-scale storage array management. The chip includes AES-NI support for hardware encryption acceleration and offers full compatibility with DSM’s virtualization stack, including Docker and Synology’s Virtual Machine Manager. However, the V1500B lacks an integrated GPU, and the DS1825+ does not support hardware transcoding, making it unsuitable for Plex or media applications that rely on real-time video encoding unless offloaded to cloud services like Synology C2. It’s a reliable and mature processor choice, albeit one that prioritizes stability over flexibility or raw speed.
The DS1825+ ships with 8GB of ECC DDR4 memory (1x SODIMM) installed, with support for up to 32GB across two slots, and ECC is supported on both official and some compatible third-party modules. The internal layout, however, is relatively restrictive. The memory and M.2 slots require tray removal and partial disassembly to access. Synology includes two M.2 NVMe slots that operate at PCIe Gen 3×4, but DSM only allows them to be used for read/write caching and only with Synology SNV3410 or SNV3510 SSDs. These slots are not available for storage pool creation or system boot, regardless of the SSD used. There is no PCIe slot or BIOS access, making this a closed system that enforces Synology’s validation model tightly. While this approach ensures stability, it limits performance tuning and locks users into higher-priced branded components.
The UGREEN DXP8800 Plus uses an Intel Core i5-1235U, a hybrid 10-core (2 performance, 8 efficiency), 12-thread mobile CPU built on the Alder Lake-U architecture. With a boost clock up to 4.4GHz and integrated Intel Xe graphics, it offers both multi-threaded efficiency and hardware video transcoding support via Quick Sync. This is ideal for users running Plex, Jellyfin, or AI-based video analysis locally. The system ships with 8GB of non-ECC DDR4 memory, expandable to 64GB, using standard SODIMM slots. UGREEN’s internal board features 2x M.2 NVMe slots operating at PCIe Gen 4×4 speeds, offering significantly more bandwidth than Synology’s Gen 3 slots. These SSDs can be used for boot, storage pools, or cache, and the system supports a wide range of third-party drives without warnings or restrictions. BIOS access is fully available, allowing installation of operating systems like TrueNAS, UnRAID, or Proxmox. UGREEN’s internal hardware favors openness and customizability, providing users with direct control over performance, expansion, and component choice—at the cost of requiring more technical expertise.
Feature
Synology DS1825+
UGREEN DXP8800 Plus
CPU
AMD Ryzen V1500B (4C/8T, 2.2GHz)
Intel Core i5-1235U (10C/12T, 0.9–4.4GHz)
Architecture
Zen (Embedded, 14nm)
Alder Lake-U (Hybrid, Intel 7)
Integrated GPU
None
Intel Xe (Quick Sync support)
Memory
8GB ECC DDR4 (up to 32GB ECC)
8GB DDR4 non-ECC (up to 64GB)
M.2 NVMe Slots
2x PCIe Gen 3×4 (Synology SSDs, cache-only)
2x PCIe Gen 4×4 (Any SSD, storage/cache/boot)
Drive Bays
8x SATA (Synology-only drives recommended)
8x SATA (any brand/size supported)
Expansion Access
No PCIe, no GPU, no BIOS access
Full BIOS access, OS selectable
Thermal Design
2x 120mm fans, passive CPU cooling
1x rear fan, active CPU cooling
Transcoding Support
None (no GPU)
Yes (Intel Quick Sync supported)
Synology DS1825+ vs UGREEN DXP8800 PLUS NAS – Ports and Connections
The Synology DS1825+ delivers a modest and business-focused range of connectivity options, designed primarily for reliability and integration within an IT-managed environment. It includes 2x 2.5GbE RJ-45 LAN ports, offering basic link aggregation or dual-network failover functionality. While this offers faster-than-Gigabit throughput, the lack of 10GbE out of the box may be limiting for users working with large media files or virtualization workloads, particularly in comparison to other 2025 systems.
The system provides 3x USB 3.2 Gen 1 (5Gbps) Type-A ports, all located on the rear, suitable for UPS integration, external storage, or compatible backup devices. In terms of expansion, Synology includes 2x USB Type-C ports, but these are reserved exclusively for connecting official DX525 expansion units. They do not support data transfer, peripherals, or USB-C accessories and serve only as proprietary expansion interfaces. No HDMI, DisplayPort, or audio outputs are included, and there is no SD card reader. This reinforces Synology’s design philosophy: operate headlessly, manage remotely, and keep the system within the bounds of their validated ecosystem.
In contrast, the UGREEN DXP8800 Plus positions itself as a fully-featured, hybrid-use NAS platform with wide-ranging I/O options for prosumers and professionals. It features 2x 10GbE RJ-45 LAN ports—a clear advantage over Synology’s 2.5GbE setup—offering significantly more bandwidth for media editing, VM hosts, or multi-user environments. On the front, UGREEN includes 2x Thunderbolt 4 (40Gbps) ports, which double as high-speed USB-C for peripherals, external drives, or even eGPU enclosures in supported OS setups. The rear provides 2x USB-A ports at 10Gbps, plus 2x USB 2.0 ports, allowing backward-compatible peripheral support. For display, the system includes 1x HDMI port with 8K output support, connected via Intel’s Xe iGPU, as well as a high-speed SD 4.0 card reader—a particularly valuable addition for content creators offloading camera media directly to the NAS. There is also a PCIe x4 slot for optional hardware expansion. This broad I/O layout enables the DXP8800 Plus to function as a headless NAS, a media server, or even a workstation replacement, depending on the OS you choose to run.
The gap in connectivity between these two NAS systems reflects their broader design philosophies. Synology has deliberately kept the DS1825+ minimal, standardized, and tightly integrated with its ecosystem, which enhances long-term support and serviceability but limits flexibility. UGREEN, on the other hand, offers extensive general-purpose ports that cater to a wider range of workflows—especially for users running Windows, Proxmox, TrueNAS, or virtualized environments. Whether it’s direct media ingestion via SD card, high-speed expansion through Thunderbolt, or dual 10GbE networking, the DXP8800 Plus outpaces the DS1825+ in almost every I/O category. However, this flexibility comes with the expectation that the user is comfortable with open-platform system management and a DIY-style deployment model.
Feature
Synology DS1825+
UGREEN DXP8800 Plus
LAN Ports
2x 2.5GbE RJ-45
2x 10GbE RJ-45
USB Type-A Ports
3x USB 3.2 Gen 1 (5Gbps, rear)
2x USB-A 10Gbps (rear) + 2x USB 2.0 (rear)
USB Type-C / TB4 Ports
2x USB Type-C (for DX525 expansion only)
2x Thunderbolt 4 (40Gbps, front)
Video Output
None
1x HDMI (8K capable)
SD Card Reader
None
1x SD 4.0
Audio Out
None
None
PCIe Expansion Slot
1x PCIe Gen3 x8 (x4 link)
1x PCIe x4
Front USB Access
None
Yes – 2x Thunderbolt 4 ports
Expansion Interface
DX525 via USB-C (proprietary, not general use)
Open – Thunderbolt/USB/PCIe/network based
BIOS/UEFI Access
No
Yes
Synology DS1825+ vs UGREEN DXP8800 PLUS NAS – Software and Services
The Synology DS1825+ runs on DSM 7.2, Synology’s mature and widely respected NAS operating system. DSM offers a broad ecosystem of native applications and services, including advanced storage management, multi-tiered backup solutions, virtual machine hosting, and comprehensive multimedia support. Key built-in tools such as Synology Drive, Hyper Backup, Active Backup for Business, Surveillance Station, and Synology Photos provide enterprise-grade data handling in a highly polished interface.
DSM also includes Snapshot Replication with Btrfs, granular folder/file-level restore, and Active Directory integration. Importantly, DSM supports features like Windows ACL permissions, Samba v4, WORM file locking, and two-factor authentication by default, with Synology’s C2 platform offering cloud sync, identity management, and secure backup options. However, DSM has increasingly tied deeper functionality (e.g., certain security tools and snapshots) to Synology-branded storage and expansion hardware, with third-party drive warnings now appearing by default.
UGREEN’s DXP8800 Plus runs UGOS Pro, a Linux-based operating system developed in-house. Now one year into active deployment, UGOS Pro has matured substantially with ongoing updates and wider feature support. The interface is clean and web-accessible, and recent updates have added core NAS functions previously missing. As of the latest firmware, Docker, virtual machine creation, and Jellyfin media server are all natively supported via one-click installs.
Importantly, iSCSI support was also added, addressing a key omission for enterprise or VMware users. 2-factor authentication (2FA) is now present, and security protocols include IP/MAC-level blocking, custom firewall rules, and access control policies. While UGREEN still lacks the depth of anti-ransomware protection found in DSM or QNAP’s QuFirewall, the fundamentals have improved dramatically. Local-only AI services for photo indexing and object recognition have also been refined, with user-selectable models running without internet access.
Where DSM excels in deep integration and business-class reliability, UGOS Pro stands out for its openness and responsiveness to user feedback. Users can enable SSH, customize OS-level settings, and even install TrueNAS, UnRAID, or Proxmox without voiding the warranty, as UGREEN has opted for an open-platform approach.
UGOS also supports Windows file services (SMB), NFS, and web-based file managers, though its permissions system and UI are still somewhat basic compared to DSM. Synology’s first-party software tends to offer higher polish, more documentation, and broader cross-platform support, particularly in cloud-integrated services, whereas UGOS is catching up in functional breadth but remains relatively limited in automation and long-term software ecosystem depth.
Both platforms include mobile apps and browser-based remote access, but Synology’s remote access via QuickConnect is significantly more user-friendly and secure out-of-the-box, while UGREEN’s remote services are best replaced or supplemented by Tailscale, Cloudflare Tunnel, or similar tools. Synology’s Surveillance Station also has years of development behind it with support for hundreds of IP cameras, whereas UGREEN does not yet include native surveillance software in UGOS Pro.
For users seeking a media-focused setup, UGOS offers a good local multimedia experience via Jellyfin, while DSM supports Plex and Video Station (with transcoding limitations depending on CPU). Ultimately, Synology’s DSM remains the more robust, enterprise-ready option, while UGOS Pro presents a highly promising and increasingly competitive open alternative that still favors self-managed users.
Yes (local-only model selection, disable per feature)
Plex Media Server
Yes (no hardware transcoding)
Not supported natively (use Docker)
Jellyfin Media Server
Installable manually or via Docker
One-click install supported
Remote Access
QuickConnect (Synology ID)
UGOS portal + optional third-party tools
App Ecosystem
Mature, hundreds of first/third-party apps
Growing; core NAS features now stable
Surveillance
Surveillance Station (extensive camera support)
None natively included
Synology DS1825+ vs UGREEN DXP8800 PLUS NAS – Verdict and Conclusion
The Synology DS1825+ remains a compelling choice for users prioritizing reliability, software integration, and long-term support. With the proven DSM 7.2 platform, it offers enterprise-grade tools for file management, backup, virtual machines, and surveillance. Features like Snapshot Replication, C2 cloud integration, and Active Backup for Business provide peace of mind for professionals who want a turnkey experience with minimal maintenance. Although hardware specs such as the Ryzen V1500B CPU and dual 2.5GbE ports might seem modest compared to rivals, they are more than adequate for office environments, multi-user file sharing, and even light virtualization. That said, its increasing reliance on Synology-branded drives and accessories, as well as its lack of GPU support and M.2 NVMe flexibility, could be frustrating for DIY enthusiasts or media-focused users.
By contrast, the UGREEN DXP8800 Plus is a hardware-forward NAS that emphasizes performance, bandwidth, and customization. With a 12-core Intel Core i5-1235U CPU, dual 10GbE, PCIe expandability, and full-speed Gen 4 NVMe slots, it is built for workloads that demand raw power—media servers, high-speed backups, AI indexing, and even containerized apps via Docker. UGOS Pro has matured considerably over the last year, with new features like iSCSI, 2FA, VM hosting, and Jellyfin support making it much more viable than at launch. Still, while UGREEN’s open architecture and wider SSD/drive compatibility are a strength, its software ecosystem isn’t yet as refined or battle-tested as Synology’s DSM, especially for more security-sensitive or compliance-bound environments. Surveillance features and enterprise-level monitoring tools are also still missing or immature in comparison.
In short, the Synology DS1825+ is best suited for SMBs, IT administrators, or content creators who want a dependable, low-maintenance NAS with rich native features and strong vendor support, especially where third-party remote access is limited or not desired. On the other hand, the UGREEN DXP8800 Plus is ideal for prosumers, media professionals, and tech-savvy users who want maximum hardware flexibility, faster internal/external transfer speeds, and the freedom to customize their NAS at the OS level, even if that means dealing with a slightly rougher software experience. If ease of use, documentation, and long-term stability are your priorities, the DS1825+ remains a safe bet. But if you’re looking for value in performance per dollar, more openness, and higher bandwidth potential, the DXP8800 Plus offers a lot for the price.
PROS
CONS
PROS
CONS
DSM 7.2 OS offers mature, stable, and feature-rich ecosystem with professional backup, replication, and VM tools.
ECC DDR4 Memory (8GB expandable to 32GB) ensures greater data integrity and system stability.
Broad software support including Surveillance Station, Active Backup, C2 Hybrid Cloud, and Hyper Backup.
PCIe Gen3 slot allows for 10GbE or 25GbE network expansion or M.2 cache via supported adapters.
Low noise and power efficiency (~23.8 dB, ~60W during access), making it suitable for office environments.
Limited M.2 NVMe support (Gen3x4, only Synology-branded SSDs officially supported).
No built-in GPU or transcoding support, limiting suitability for Plex or media conversion workflows.
Locks users into Synology drives/accessories, reducing flexibility and increasing costs over time.
High-performance Intel Core i5-1235U CPU (12-core, 10-thread) enables heavy multitasking, VMs, and AI workloads.
Dual 10GbE LAN ports allow for ultra-fast network throughput and multi-client simultaneous access.
Two M.2 NVMe Gen4x4 slots support broad range of SSDs for caching or fast storage pools.
64GB DDR5 upgrade support offers excellent memory headroom for Docker, virtualization, and AI indexing.
UGOS Pro now includes Jellyfin, Docker, VMs, iSCSI, and 2FA, closing many early software gaps.
UGOS Pro still lacks polished UI/UX compared to DSM; some features buried or poorly documented.
No official Plex support and limited surveillance tools, weakening multimedia and NVR potential.
Brand trust and software maturity still lag behind market leaders like Synology or QNAP.
This description contains links to Amazon. These links will take you to some of the products mentioned in today's content. As an Amazon Associate, I earn from qualifying purchases. Visit the NASCompares Deal Finder to find the best place to buy this device in your region, based on Service, Support and Reputation - Just Search for your NAS Drive in the Box Below
Need Advice on Data Storage from an Expert?
Finally, for free advice about your setup, just leave a message in the comments below here at NASCompares.com and we will get back to you.Need Help?
Where possible (and where appropriate) please provide as much information about your requirements, as then I can arrange the best answer and solution to your needs. Do not worry about your e-mail address being required, it will NOT be used in a mailing list and will NOT be used in any way other than to respond to your enquiry.
[contact-form-7]
TRY CHAT Terms and Conditions
If you like this service, please consider supporting us.
We use affiliate links on the blog allowing NAScompares information and advice service to be free of charge to you.Anything you purchase on the day you click on our links will generate a small commission which isused to run the website. Here is a link for Amazon and B&H.You can also get me a Ko-fi or old school Paypal. Thanks!To find out more about how to support this advice service checkHEREIf you need to fix or configure a NAS, check FiverHave you thought about helping others with your knowledge? Find Instructions Here
Or support us by using our affiliate links on Amazon UK and Amazon US
Alternatively, why not ask me on the ASK NASCompares forum, by clicking the button below. This is a community hub that serves as a place that I can answer your question, chew the fat, share new release information and even get corrections posted. I will always get around to answering ALL queries, but as a one-man operation, I cannot promise speed! So by sharing your query in the ASK NASCompares section below, you can get a better range of solutions and suggestions, alongside my own.
AI Console for Synology Mail Plus and Synology Office – But Should You Use It?
Note -Thanks again to Daniel from Germany for all his support and assistance for this video. Visit his site HERE
Synology has introduced a new software package called AI Console, aimed at integrating third-party AI and large language model (LLM) services directly into select Synology productivity applications. The package is available on devices running DSM 7.2 or later and supports only certain x86-64 NAS models, reflecting the higher processing and memory requirements of AI workloads.
Rather than running its own local AI engine, Synology provides a centralised management tool for connecting to established AI providers, including OpenAI, Azure OpenAI, Google Gemini via AI Studio or Vertex AI, Amazon Bedrock, and Baidu AI Cloud. Once linked using the administrator’s API key, these services can be used within Synology MailPlus and Synology Office to perform tasks such as summarising long emails, generating responses, translating text, adjusting tone, and producing refined document content.
The AI Console is designed with administration and control in mind. It allows system managers to configure access on a per-package basis, selectively enabling or excluding AI features for specific users or groups. Advanced options include setting daily or per-minute token limits for each user to control consumption and manage costs, as usage charges are determined by the chosen AI provider rather than Synology itself. For privacy protection, the Console supports a de-identification process that can mask predefined categories of sensitive data before prompts are sent to an AI provider, with the original data restored after the response is received.
Administrators can monitor adoption and usage trends through transaction logs, which capture request details such as timestamps, IP addresses, API models used, and token counts, alongside admin logs that record configuration changes. While the AI Console does not add AI functionality to all DSM applications, it focuses on extending the business-oriented MailPlus and Office suite. However, this is not a move that will please all Synology owners or buyers, as some value their NAS primarily for complete local data control and may view any cloud-connected AI integration as an unnecessary or risky addition.
Why is Synology AI Console So Contentious?
The idea of adding AI functionality to a NAS is divisive because many users adopt these systems specifically to avoid reliance on cloud-based services. A key selling point of a Synology NAS has long been the ability to store, process, and back up data entirely within the user’s own premises, retaining full control over where that data resides and who can access it.
By design, the Synology AI Console connects to external AI providers through API calls, meaning that text-based content from MailPlus or Office documents is transmitted to third-party servers for processing. Even with encryption in transit and privacy safeguards such as de-identification, this external dependency conflicts with the expectations of users who purchased a NAS to minimise exposure to external networks. This tension is heightened by the fact that the AI operations do not run locally on the NAS hardware, which for some buyers undermines the appeal of integrating AI into a device marketed for self-contained operation.
Another factor making AI use contentious is the trust and compliance aspect. Many NAS deployments are in small businesses, professional environments, or home offices handling sensitive material. Sending even anonymised extracts of communications or documents to an external service raises compliance questions for organisations bound by strict data protection rules, especially in regulated industries such as healthcare, finance, or legal services.
While the AI Console provides administrative controls, auditing tools, and the option to disable AI entirely for certain users or packages, the underlying reality remains that data is leaving the local network for processing. This creates a fundamental divide between those who welcome AI for its productivity benefits and those who see any form of off-device data processing as incompatible with the core value proposition of a private NAS.
What Security Provisions Have Synology Put in Place?
Synology’s AI Console incorporates multiple layers of control to reduce the risks associated with transmitting data to third-party AI providers. API keys for connected AI services are stored locally on the NAS rather than in the cloud, and all requests are sent directly from the device to the selected AI provider. Administrators can remove these keys at any time, immediately severing the connection. The system allows AI access to be enabled or disabled at the package level, with the option to exclude specific users or groups entirely. To prevent uncontrolled consumption, administrators can set token rate limits per user, measured either per minute or per day. Transaction logs record each AI request with details such as timestamp, source IP address, user account, API model used, and token usage, while admin logs document any configuration changes. This creates a verifiable audit trail for compliance and internal review.
Key security provisions include:
Local storage of API keys, with no cloud-based key management.
Direct communication between the NAS and the AI provider, bypassing Synology’s own servers.
Ability to revoke API access instantly by deleting stored keys.
Per-package AI enable/disable controls, with user and group-level exclusions.
Token rate limiting to control per-user API usage.
Detailed transaction logs for all AI requests.
Administrative logs for configuration changes.
Optional logging of request inputs and outputs for auditing.
For added privacy, Synology offers a de-identification feature that can mask selected categories of sensitive data before they are transmitted to the AI provider, restoring the original information once the processed output is returned. This feature can identify and anonymise common identifiers such as names, email addresses, IP addresses, banking details, and various country-specific personal or business numbers. De-identification relies on a combination of AI-driven semantic analysis and predefined regular expression rules, giving administrators control over which data types are masked. It requires the installation of the Container Manager package and a minimum of 8 GB of RAM, with each enabled language model consuming roughly 1 GB of memory. Although Synology notes that de-identification cannot guarantee 100% masking, the mechanism is intended to significantly reduce the chance of exposing sensitive details during AI processing.
Synology Mail Plus and AI Console Integration
When enabled for Synology MailPlus, the AI Console provides a set of functions aimed at improving email efficiency through automated text processing. Within the MailPlus interface, users can generate short or detailed summaries of incoming emails, which can help quickly assess lengthy messages without reading them in full. The AI assistant can also draft replies based on user instructions, with options to adjust tone, length, and formality, or translate the response into a supported language. All AI processing is text-based, with attachments excluded from transmission to the AI provider. The system also supports “Help me write” prompts directly within the reply editor, allowing for quick generation of tailored responses that can be inserted and then edited before sending. Importantly, these capabilities are only available to users granted AI permissions by the administrator, and all actions are recorded in transaction logs for review.
The integration offers multiple editing refinements, including making a message more formal or casual, shortening or lengthening text, and translating to or from languages supported by the connected AI model. Users can also rephrase replies entirely or request alternative drafts. Although these capabilities are similar to features found in other email platforms that integrate AI, the implementation within MailPlus is designed to remain under the control of the NAS administrator, with optional de-identification masking personal data before it is sent to the provider. Responses are generated by the third-party AI service configured in AI Console, and processing occurs only when the user explicitly invokes an AI function, avoiding any automated sending of content without user action.
From a functional perspective, MailPlus AI integration is targeted primarily at professional or business environments that run their own Synology-hosted mail server. It can streamline response drafting, reduce time spent on routine communication, and support multilingual correspondence. However, the scope is currently limited to text-based tasks, with no AI-driven attachment analysis, advanced categorisation, sentiment detection, or automated email sorting included. The feature set also lacks customisable style profiles beyond the basic tone and length adjustments, meaning more specific brand or sector language must still be applied manually. The value for each organisation will depend on how frequently staff interact with longer, more complex emails, and whether the trade-off of involving an external AI service aligns with internal data handling policies and compliance requirements.
Synology Office and AI Console Integration
In Synology Office, AI Console integration extends across the suite’s document, spreadsheet, and presentation tools, embedding AI-assisted functions within the existing editing interface. In documents, the AI assistant can summarise entire files, rewrite selected sections, adjust tone, translate content, or improve grammar. These actions can be applied either through a right-click contextual menu or via a dedicated AI sidebar that displays results alongside the original content. Users can choose to insert AI-generated revisions directly into the file or keep them separate for manual comparison. The system maintains Office’s existing version history, meaning any AI-driven edits can be rolled back without data loss.
In spreadsheets, the integration is aimed at assisting with formula comprehension and basic data interpretation. Users can request explanations of specific formulas, generate new formulas from plain-language prompts, or run simple calculations without manually writing functions. The AI can also produce summaries of table data, although its analytical depth is limited compared to dedicated business intelligence tools. As with documents, processing is restricted to text-based content; the system does not transmit embedded images or charts to the AI provider. Administrators can control whether AI features are available in spreadsheets, allowing them to be enabled for certain user groups while remaining disabled for others.
For presentations, the AI can refine slide text, translate content, or expand bullet points into fuller sentences, making it useful for producing alternate versions of existing material. The functionality mirrors what is available in documents, with tone and length adjustments as well as grammar checks. However, it does not currently create entirely new slide decks or visual layouts from prompts. The processing workflow remains the same across all Office formats: only when a user explicitly triggers an AI action is the relevant text sent to the configured provider, and all requests are recorded in the AI Console’s transaction logs.
Overall, the Synology Office integration offers consistent AI tools across its core applications, focusing on editorial and language-based support rather than data-driven automation. While the scope is narrower than AI-enabled features in some third-party office suites, the implementation maintains administrative control and allows for selective deployment, making it adaptable to environments where privacy considerations limit the use of external services.
What Features of AI/LLM Are Not Present?
Although the Synology AI Console brings AI-assisted functions to MailPlus and Office, it does not provide the same breadth of capabilities found in some competing platforms. There is no locally hosted AI model option, meaning all processing is dependent on a live connection to a third-party provider. As a result, the system lacks offline functionality, GPU-accelerated local workloads, or support for running open-source LLMs within the NAS environment. In practical terms, this means that all AI operations involve external processing, which may not suit users who require fully on-premises data handling.
Beyond the infrastructure level, several functional gaps remain. The integration does not extend to all DSM applications, omitting areas such as File Station, Photo Station, Synology Photos, and Surveillance Station. Within MailPlus and Office, the AI features are focused on text editing and basic summarisation rather than broader automation. There is no built-in capability for sentiment analysis, advanced data analytics, automatic categorisation, or content generation from large datasets. Similarly, the AI Console does not currently allow multi-step task automation or integration with custom scripts, limiting its use to predefined actions within the supported productivity tools.
Is Synology AI Console Safe?
From a technical and administrative perspective, Synology has implemented several measures to protect data when using the AI Console. API keys are stored locally on the NAS, and requests to AI providers are sent directly from the device rather than passing through Synology-operated servers. Administrators can limit access to specific packages, exclude selected users or groups, set token usage caps, and monitor all AI interactions through detailed logs. For additional privacy, the optional de-identification feature can mask sensitive details such as personal identifiers, banking information, and IP addresses before prompts are transmitted, restoring them only after the AI provider returns a response.
However, the safety of the AI Console ultimately depends on the chosen AI provider and the user’s own policies. All processing occurs on the provider’s infrastructure, meaning data leaves the local network whenever AI features are used. Even with encryption and masking in place, this external dependency may be unacceptable in environments with strict regulatory requirements or where complete local control is mandatory. While Synology provides the tools to minimise risk and monitor usage, it is the administrator’s responsibility to select a compliant provider, configure de-identification appropriately, and ensure that AI features are only enabled where the security implications are fully understood.
Here is my video on the original reveal of AI Integration/Connection into Synology DSM when it was first shown off during the Synology Solution Exhibition back in 2023 in Taipei:
This description contains links to Amazon. These links will take you to some of the products mentioned in today's content. As an Amazon Associate, I earn from qualifying purchases. Visit the NASCompares Deal Finder to find the best place to buy this device in your region, based on Service, Support and Reputation - Just Search for your NAS Drive in the Box Below
Need Advice on Data Storage from an Expert?
Finally, for free advice about your setup, just leave a message in the comments below here at NASCompares.com and we will get back to you.Need Help?
Where possible (and where appropriate) please provide as much information about your requirements, as then I can arrange the best answer and solution to your needs. Do not worry about your e-mail address being required, it will NOT be used in a mailing list and will NOT be used in any way other than to respond to your enquiry.
[contact-form-7]
TRY CHAT Terms and Conditions
If you like this service, please consider supporting us.
We use affiliate links on the blog allowing NAScompares information and advice service to be free of charge to you.Anything you purchase on the day you click on our links will generate a small commission which isused to run the website. Here is a link for Amazon and B&H.You can also get me a Ko-fi or old school Paypal. Thanks!To find out more about how to support this advice service checkHEREIf you need to fix or configure a NAS, check FiverHave you thought about helping others with your knowledge? Find Instructions Here
Or support us by using our affiliate links on Amazon UK and Amazon US
Alternatively, why not ask me on the ASK NASCompares forum, by clicking the button below. This is a community hub that serves as a place that I can answer your question, chew the fat, share new release information and even get corrections posted. I will always get around to answering ALL queries, but as a one-man operation, I cannot promise speed! So by sharing your query in the ASK NASCompares section below, you can get a better range of solutions and suggestions, alongside my own.
The TerraMaster F4 SSD is a 4-bay all-flash NAS aimed at home and prosumer users who want compact, quiet, and high-speed network storage based on SSD technology. Priced at $399, it represents the third entry in TerraMaster’s SSD-focused lineup, positioned below the larger 8-bay F8 SSD and the i5-powered F8 SSD Plus. This model is designed to deliver a balance between affordability and performance, featuring the Intel N95 quad-core processor, 8GB of DDR5 memory (upgradeable to 32GB), and four M.2 NVMe SSD slots across mixed-speed PCIe lanes. While its architecture targets lower power consumption and silent operation (rated at 19 dB in standby), it also integrates a 5GbE network port, USB 3.2 connectivity, and a toolless design to ease deployment. Designed for both turnkey usage with TerraMaster’s TOS 6 OS or as a flexible bare-metal option for TrueNAS or UnRAID, the F4 SSD sits at a crossroads between convenience and configurability—providing users with both preconfigured software and open-ended potential for third-party operating systems.
Terramaster F4 SSD NAS Review – Quick Conclusion
The TerraMaster F4 SSD delivers a compelling package for users seeking an affordable, compact, and all-flash NAS solution with a strong blend of performance and usability. Its toolless, space-saving design makes installation easy, while the inclusion of four M.2 NVMe slots—two at PCIe 3.0 x2 and two at x1—offers fast storage potential, albeit with some asymmetry that could affect RAID performance in certain configurations. Powered by the efficient Intel N95 CPU and 8GB of DDR5 memory, the system supports multimedia streaming, Docker containers, virtual machines, and AI-powered photo indexing, all handled by the continually improving TOS 6 operating system. Key strengths include the 5GbE networking for faster data access, support for mixed-capacity SSDs via TRAID, and very low noise and power consumption, making it ideal for home environments. However, limitations such as the single network port with no redundancy, lack of ECC memory support, and the presence of mixed-speed NVMe slots may be off-putting to power users or small businesses seeking higher resilience and uniform throughput. Still, at $399, the F4 SSD offers a well-rounded balance of speed, features, and ease of use for home users, prosumers, and content creators who want SSD-level performance without the complexity or cost of higher-end systems.
SOFTWARE - 7/10
HARDWARE - 8/10
PERFORMANCE - 7/10
PRICE - 9/10
VALUE - 9/10
8.0
PROS
Compact, toolless chassis with easy-access thumb screw and SSD installation All-flash NVMe architecture with support for four M.2 2280 SSDs 5GbE network port enables high-speed local and remote transfers TRAID and TRAID+ allow mixed-capacity SSDs and seamless storage expansion TOS 6 OS includes Plex, Jellyfin, Docker, VM support, and AI photo indexing Quiet operation (19 dB) and low power usage (32W under load) Priced competitively at $399 for a turnkey SSD NAS
CONS
Single 5GbE port with no failover or link aggregation Two of the four SSD slots are limited to PCIe Gen3 x1, creating potential RAID bottlenecks Non-ECC DDR5 memory may not meet strict data integrity requirements
Terramaster F4 SSD NAS Review – Design and Storage
The TerraMaster F4 SSD adopts a compact, minimalist design that is clearly optimized for silent, flash-only operation. Measuring just 138mm x 60mm x 140mm and weighing 0.6 kg, it is one of the smallest 4-bay NAS chassis on the market, aided by its exclusive use of M.2 NVMe SSDs instead of traditional 3.5-inch hard drives. This all-flash design allows the chassis to maintain a reduced footprint while still offering significant internal capacity—up to 32TB using four 8TB drives. The unit features a clean, industrial aesthetic with smooth surfaces and subtle branding, aligning with TerraMaster’s recent design choices in their SSD NAS series. Importantly, the internal layout supports top-to-bottom convection airflow, with side ventilation and smart fan controls designed to balance cooling and acoustics.
Installation is clearly a design priority here. The F4 SSD uses a toolless construction held together by a single thumbscrew, allowing the user to remove the outer casing in seconds. Internally, SSDs are inserted via a pull-out drawer mechanism with dedicated mounting trays, and there’s ample clearance around each M.2 slot for installing large passive heatsinks.
Notably, the SSD slots are laid out in such a way that their orientation lines up directly with the two 50mm rear fans. These fans are positioned to channel airflow across both the SSDs and the large passive heatsink mounted over the Intel N95 CPU, ensuring that even under sustained workloads the thermals remain controlled without relying on noisy active cooling systems.
The internal storage configuration is somewhat mixed in terms of interface speed. Of the four M.2 slots, two operate over PCIe 3.0 x2 lanes, and two are limited to PCIe 3.0 x1. This introduces a disparity in potential transfer speeds—approximately 1.6GB/s per drive for the faster pair, and around 700-900MB/s for the slower ones.
While this approach is a practical trade-off due to CPU lane limitations, it may pose bottlenecks in RAID scenarios where all four drives are used in a single pool. However, for users willing to configure their SSDs into two independent volumes, or who rely on TerraMaster’s TRAID system with mixed-capacity drives, the system can still make efficient use of available bandwidth.
The F4 SSD supports a range of RAID configurations including TRAID, TRAID+, RAID 0, 1, 5, 6, and 10, as well as JBOD and single-drive modes. TRAID, TerraMaster’s hybrid RAID system, is especially notable here as it supports storage expansion using drives of different sizes—an advantage for users who plan to incrementally upgrade their SSDs over time. This flexibility is rare in entry-level NAS units, and helps avoid the traditional pitfalls of having to replace all drives at once in standard RAID arrays. The software layer automatically calculates parity and adjusts volume size without requiring complete data migration or reconfiguration.
From a practical perspective, the move to SSD-only architecture enables faster access times, reduced power usage, and significantly lower noise. TerraMaster reports a typical power draw of just 32W under full load with four SSDs, around 11-13W with all 4 SSD in a ‘read state’ with the CPU at sub 5%, and only 8W in complete hibernation. The fan noise sits below 19dB during idle operation, placing it among the quietest NAS units available. For environments such as living rooms or bedrooms where noise sensitivity is key, this silent thermal design makes the F4 SSD particularly well-suited for home multimedia centers and always-on photo backup servers.
Terramaster F4 SSD NAS Review – Internal Hardware
At the heart of the TerraMaster F4 SSD is the Intel N95 processor, a quad-core, four-thread CPU based on the Alder Lake-N architecture. Clocked at a base frequency of 1.7GHz with a boost up to 3.4GHz, it offers efficient processing power with a low 15W TDP, which contributes to the unit’s low thermal output and power consumption. While not designed for heavy computational workloads, the N95 supports Intel Quick Sync for hardware-accelerated video transcoding and includes integrated UHD graphics capable of handling 4K@60Hz decoding.
This makes the F4 SSD suitable for multimedia servers like Plex or Jellyfin, which are supported out of the box by TerraMaster’s TOS operating system. The CPU also provides nine PCIe Gen3 lanes for connecting NVMe drives, network interfaces, and USB ports—something that TerraMaster appears to have carefully balanced across components.
The system is equipped with 8GB of DDR5 memory pre-installed in a single SODIMM slot, with support for up to 32GB. The memory is non-ECC, which is expected for this price bracket and CPU class, though some users may view this as a drawback in data-critical environments. DDR5 support is a notable inclusion, offering higher bandwidth and lower power consumption than DDR4.
Because there is only a single memory slot, upgrades require replacing the pre-installed module entirely, but access is straightforward thanks to the removable chassis design. Combined with the N95 CPU and SSD storage, the memory allows for lightweight virtualization, Docker container deployment, and simultaneous access by multiple users—within the limitations of the CPU’s architecture.
Internally, the F4 SSD supports four M.2 2280 NVMe drives: two connected via PCIe 3.0 x2, and two via PCIe 3.0 x1. This setup is a direct consequence of the limited PCIe lane count on the N95 CPU, and reflects a compromise between cost and performance. While this layout means that users may encounter performance bottlenecks if building a single RAID array across all four slots, TerraMaster’s OS allows for flexible configuration, including the creation of separate volumes. The system also includes a substantial heatsink on the CPU and aligns airflow directly over both the CPU and storage bays. Together, these components form a power-efficient, quiet, and competent NAS platform optimized for SSD workloads.
Component
Specification
CPU Model
Intel N95 (4C/4T, up to 3.4 GHz, 15W TDP)
CPU Architecture
Intel Alder Lake-N, x86 64-bit
Integrated Graphics
Intel UHD, 1.2 GHz, 4K@60Hz support
Memory Type
DDR5 SODIMM (Non-ECC)
Pre-installed Memory
8GB DDR5 (1x8GB)
Maximum Memory Supported
32GB DDR5
Memory Slots
1 x DDR5 SODIMM
Internal Storage Slots
4 x M.2 2280 NVMe SSD (2 x PCIe 3.0 x2, 2 x x1)
RAID Support
TRAID, TRAID+, RAID 0/1/5/6/10, JBOD, Single
Cooling
2 x 50mm fans + large passive CPU heatsink
Power Consumption
32W (read/write), 8W (hibernation with SSDs)
Noise Level
19 dB(A) in standby
Terramaster F4 SSD NAS Review – Ports and Connections
The TerraMaster F4 SSD is equipped with a practical selection of ports that reflect its mid-tier positioning. The standout feature is a single RJ-45 5GbE Ethernet port, offering five times the bandwidth of standard Gigabit connections and double that of 2.5GbE. This enables significantly faster file transfers when paired with compatible switches or direct-to-PC connections, making it a viable solution for photo and video editing over the network. However, the inclusion of only one network port—without redundancy or support for link aggregation—limits failover options and prevents more advanced networking setups, a drawback that may be felt in business or multi-user deployments. Users seeking dual LAN ports for redundancy or trunking will need to resort to USB-to-Ethernet adapters, which are supported via the system’s high-speed USB 3.2 ports.
In addition to its network interface, the F4 SSD features three USB 3.2 Gen 2 ports rated at 10Gbps each—two Type-A and one Type-C. These ports support a variety of functions, including attaching external storage for backups, connecting USB-based 2.5GbE/5GbE adapters, or even interfacing with uninterruptible power supplies (UPS). This level of connectivity is somewhat uncommon in compact SSD NAS systems and adds useful flexibility, particularly for users operating the unit as a personal cloud or remote access point. Notably absent, however, are legacy USB 2.0 ports or additional network expansion slots (such as PCIe or SFP+), which would have extended the F4 SSD’s upgradeability for more advanced users.
On the display side, the NAS includes a single HDMI 2.0b port, allowing for direct output of its graphical interface or multimedia playback, though this feature is seldom used in headless NAS operation. Still, its presence supports limited desktop use cases or direct-attached displays for VM consoles and Docker GUIs. Internally, the Intel N95 CPU provides up to three display outputs, but only one is exposed in this system. The absence of a VGA port, PCIe expansion slots, or front-facing ports keeps the design clean but does reduce options for advanced customization. Ultimately, the F4 SSD provides just enough I/O for mainstream home or small office use, while intentionally leaving out more enterprise-grade connectivity.
Port Type
Quantity / Specification
RJ-45 Network Port
1 x 5GbE (5 Gigabit Ethernet)
USB 3.2 Gen 2 (10Gbps)
3 total: 2 x Type-A, 1 x Type-C
HDMI Output
1 x HDMI 2.0b
PCIe Slots
None
SFP+ 10GbE Port
None
VGA Port
None
Audio Jack / COM Ports
None
USB 2.0 Ports
None
Networking Features
TNAS.online, DDNS, VPN Server/Client, Link Aggregation (limited)
Terramaster F4 SSD NAS Review – TOS Software and Services
The TerraMaster F4 SSD ships with TOS 6, the company’s latest revision of its NAS operating system. TOS 6 has matured significantly compared to earlier versions, now offering a more stable and responsive interface with support for modern NAS functionality. The OS features a multi-window desktop-like environment accessible via browser, along with mobile and desktop clients for streamlined access.
The interface, though less polished than Synology’s DSM, has seen improvements in usability, with clearer organization of applications, settings, and user tools. Key system features include centralized backup, file indexing, user/group controls, and integrated snapshot functionality for shared folders and iSCSI volumes. For home users and prosumers, these updates represent a notable step forward, especially when paired with the low latency benefits of SSD storage.
Among TOS 6’s more prominent features is TRAID (TerraMaster RAID), a hybrid RAID system designed to offer flexible storage expansion and mixed-capacity drive support. Similar in principle to Synology’s SHR, TRAID allows users to start with a small number of SSDs and expand later with larger ones without reconfiguring the entire array.
This flexibility is especially useful in all-flash systems where high-capacity SSDs can be cost-prohibitive to install all at once. In addition to TRAID and TRAID+, the system also supports traditional RAID levels (0, 1, 5, 6, 10), JBOD, and single-drive configurations. Volume expansion, RAID migration, SSD TRIM, and S.M.A.R.T. monitoring are supported natively, along with scheduled snapshots and USB-based backups.
TOS 6 includes a growing suite of first- and third-party applications that address multimedia, surveillance, and cloud connectivity. The F4 SSD supports Plex Media Server, Jellyfin, Emby, and TerraMaster’s own Multimedia Server for DLNA/UPnP streaming. Users can also deploy Docker containers, virtual machines, and network services such as iSCSI, FTP, WebDAV, and VPN servers.
Multimedia support is further bolstered by hardware-accelerated 4K video decoding via the Intel UHD iGPU, making the NAS suitable as a home media hub. AI photo indexing is also integrated into Terra Photos, allowing automated categorization of people, pets, and scenes. For mobile users, the TNAS app offers automatic photo/video uploads and remote file access, enhancing backup automation and content management.
Enterprise and security features are present but modest. TOS 6 includes AES-encrypted folders, SSL certificate import, two-factor authentication, and alerting via email or desktop notifications. Integration with AD domains and LDAP clients is supported, but ECC memory is not, reflecting the system’s home and small-office focus. Additional cloud integration is provided via CloudSync, which supports Google Drive, OneDrive, Amazon S3, Dropbox, Baidu, and Alibaba Cloud.
For users requiring simple hybrid-cloud backups or syncing across multiple platforms, this unified interface is functional and sufficient. While TOS lacks the enterprise depth of some competing NAS platforms, its overall range of applications and services is now competitive for most home or light professional needs.
Category
Feature Support
Operating System
TOS 6 (Web-based + Mobile + PC Clients)
RAID Support
TRAID, TRAID+, RAID 0/1/5/6/10, JBOD, Single
Snapshots
Shared folder and iSCSI LUN snapshots
Multimedia Support
Plex, Jellyfin, Emby, DLNA, Terra Multimedia Server
AI Features
AI Photo Indexing, Face/Object Recognition
Backup Tools
Duple Backup, Centralized Backup, USB Backup
Virtualization
Docker, Virtual Machine Manager
Security
AES folder encryption, SSL, 2FA, firewall, alerts
User Management
128 users, ACL, quotas, domain & LDAP integration
Cloud Integration
Google Drive, OneDrive, Dropbox, Amazon S3, etc.
Networking Services
VPN, DDNS, TNAS.online, NFS, SMB, FTP, WebDAV
Access Tools
TNAS Mobile, TNAS PC, Remote Browser Access
Terramaster F4 SSD NAS Review – Verdict and Conclusion
The TerraMaster F4 SSD presents itself as a well-considered entry into the compact, all-flash NAS segment, balancing low noise, energy efficiency, and competitive performance at a sub-$400 price point. With its fanless NVMe-based design, Intel N95 quad-core processor, and DDR5 memory, it meets the essential needs of home and small office users looking for a reliable and responsive storage solution. The inclusion of TerraMaster’s increasingly capable TOS 6 operating system, featuring AI-driven photo management, centralized backup, and Docker/VM support, makes it more than just a network storage device—it becomes a lightweight but versatile data center for the home. Its TRAID support allows for mixed SSD deployments with easy expansion, which is particularly attractive to users upgrading gradually or working within budget constraints. The thoughtful internal layout and cooling also ensure performance remains consistent even under sustained load, without sacrificing the near-silent operation.
However, the F4 SSD is not without caveats. The use of a single 5GbE port, without redundancy or aggregation, may deter users requiring network failover or higher throughput for simultaneous operations. Additionally, although the PCIe lane allocation strategy maximizes the N95’s limited bandwidth, the asymmetry between Gen3 x2 and x1 slots could bottleneck RAID performance depending on how volumes are configured. When compared to the larger F8 SSD or DIY options with dual 10GbE or ECC support, the F4 SSD may feel limiting to power users or business environments with stricter reliability requirements. That said, for the vast majority of home users, content creators, and prosumers looking for an all-in-one, high-speed NAS that blends well into living spaces, the F4 SSD delivers a solid and accessible solution. Its price-to-performance ratio, combined with the simplicity of deployment and maturing software ecosystem, makes it a compelling option in the growing market of SSD NAS devices.
This description contains links to Amazon. These links will take you to some of the products mentioned in today's content. As an Amazon Associate, I earn from qualifying purchases. Visit the NASCompares Deal Finder to find the best place to buy this device in your region, based on Service, Support and Reputation - Just Search for your NAS Drive in the Box Below
Need Advice on Data Storage from an Expert?
Finally, for free advice about your setup, just leave a message in the comments below here at NASCompares.com and we will get back to you.Need Help?
Where possible (and where appropriate) please provide as much information about your requirements, as then I can arrange the best answer and solution to your needs. Do not worry about your e-mail address being required, it will NOT be used in a mailing list and will NOT be used in any way other than to respond to your enquiry.
[contact-form-7]
TRY CHAT Terms and Conditions
If you like this service, please consider supporting us.
We use affiliate links on the blog allowing NAScompares information and advice service to be free of charge to you.Anything you purchase on the day you click on our links will generate a small commission which isused to run the website. Here is a link for Amazon and B&H.You can also get me a Ko-fi or old school Paypal. Thanks!To find out more about how to support this advice service checkHEREIf you need to fix or configure a NAS, check FiverHave you thought about helping others with your knowledge? Find Instructions Here
Or support us by using our affiliate links on Amazon UK and Amazon US
Alternatively, why not ask me on the ASK NASCompares forum, by clicking the button below. This is a community hub that serves as a place that I can answer your question, chew the fat, share new release information and even get corrections posted. I will always get around to answering ALL queries, but as a one-man operation, I cannot promise speed! So by sharing your query in the ASK NASCompares section below, you can get a better range of solutions and suggestions, alongside my own.
Synology’s 2025 generation of NAS systems, such as the DS925+ and other Plus series models, introduced a more restrictive approach to drive compatibility. Unlike previous generations, these devices enforce a compatibility check that blocks or limits functionality when non-Synology hard drives or SSDs are used. As a result, users are unable to install DSM, create storage pools, or configure caching volumes using unverified drives. Even drives that work in earlier Synology models are now flagged as unsupported, resulting in persistent alerts or outright refusal to function. This guide provides a complete walkthrough for users who want to bypass those restrictions and enable full usage of third-party SATA and NVMe drives, including for pools, volumes, hot spares, and cache. It includes step-by-step instructions on how to install DSM with only unverified drives, how to remove system warnings, and how to automate the process for future updates or drive additions. The solutions here rely on trusted scripts developed by the Synology community and require minimal system modification, allowing users to regain control over their own hardware.
Special Thanks to Dave Russell
The ability to bypass Synology’s restrictive drive compatibility checks would not be possible without the extensive work of Dave Russell, widely known in the Synology community as 007revad. His GitHub project, Synology_HDD_db, is the basis for all the procedures outlined in this guide. The script he developed modifies DSM’s internal compatibility database, enabling full functionality for otherwise unsupported HDDs, SSDs, and NVMe drives. Dave has not only written and maintained this complex script, but also ensured that it works across different NAS models and DSM versions, including DSM 7.2 and newer. He continues to improve the tool in response to Synology firmware changes, regularly providing updates and extended options such as M.2 volume support and WDDA disablement. Users are strongly encouraged to consult the official GitHub repository, follow the provided documentation, and, where possible, support his ongoing work HERE, which remains freely available to the broader NAS community.
MASSIVE Disclaimer
Modifying your Synology NAS to allow the use of unverified drives is not officially supported by Synology. By applying the changes described in this guide, you will be altering system files and bypassing built-in compatibility checks within DSM. While these changes are reversible and have been widely tested, doing so may void your Synology warranty or affect your ability to receive technical support from the manufacturer, even in cases unrelated to storage. Additionally, although the script-based method described here is non-destructive and has proven safe for many users, there is always a minimal risk of issues following DSM updates or hardware changes. You should not proceed unless you have full backups of your data and are comfortable with SSH and terminal operations. This guide is intended for advanced users, system integrators, or home NAS enthusiasts who understand the risks and accept responsibility for operating outside of official Synology support channels.
How to Set Up a Synology NAS with No Drives Installed to Allow DSM Installation
Synology’s 2025 and later Plus-series NAS systems will not allow DSM installation if only unverified drives are present. However, it is possible to bypass this limitation and install DSM without using any Synology-branded or officially supported drives. The method involves enabling Telnet access and overriding the drive compatibility check during the DSM installation process.
Step-by-Step Instructions:
Physically set up your NAS
Connect the NAS to your local network using Ethernet.
Ensure the device is powered on, even if no drives are installed or only unverified drives are present.
Attempt initial DSM setup
Use Synology Assistant or go to http://find.synology.com to locate your NAS.
Proceed through the DSM installation wizard. You will likely encounter an error indicating that the inserted drive(s) are unsupported.
Enable Telnet access
In a browser, navigate to: http://<NAS-IP>:5000/webman/start_telnet.cgi Replace <NAS-IP> with the actual IP address of your NAS.
Connect via Telnet
Open a Telnet client like PuTTY.
Enter your NAS IP address and connect via Telnet.
When prompted, use:
Username:root
Password:101-0101 (default for this Telnet interface)
Bypass installation check
Enter the following command into the Telnet window:
This creates a temporary flag that bypasses the system’s compatibility verification loop.
Return to the DSM install page
Refresh the browser window where you began the DSM setup.
DSM will now allow installation to proceed, even on unverified drives.
Finish DSM setup
Complete the DSM installation.
Create your admin user account when prompted.
You can now access the full DSM interface.
Once DSM is installed, you can proceed to apply the permanent drive compatibility fixes, create storage pools, and remove warning banners—all covered in the next section.
How to Allow Unverified HDDs or SSDs to Be Used for Storage Pools, Volumes, and Caching (and Remove Warnings)
Once DSM is installed, unverified drives will still be blocked from creating storage pools, volumes, or caches. Even if the system boots, Storage Manager will display warnings or greyed-out options. To unlock full functionality, you must apply a community-developed script that updates DSM’s internal drive compatibility database. This section outlines how to download, apply, and validate that change.
Step-by-Step Instructions:
Enable SSH on your NAS
In DSM, go to Control Panel > Terminal & SNMP > Terminal.
Enable SSH service and click Apply.
Prepare SSH access
Use PuTTY (or your preferred SSH client) to connect to your NAS.
Log in using your DSM administrator username and password (not root at this stage).
Create working directory
Once connected, elevate to root:
sudo -i
Create the required folder:
mkdir -m775 /opt
cd /opt
Download the required scripts
Run the following commands to download the latest versions directly from Dave Russell’s GitHub:
The script will detect your NAS model, DSM version, and connected drives. It will then add those drives to the compatibility database and back up the original files.
Check Storage Manager
Return to DSM’s Storage Manager.
If changes are not immediately visible, reboot your NAS.
You should now be able to create storage pools, volumes, and SSD caches with unverified drives, without warning messages.
To stop future drive alerts from DSM, you may also want to run:
/usr/syno/bin/synosetkeyvalue /etc.defaults/synoinfo.conf support_disk_compatibility no
At this point, all third-party drives currently installed in the system will be fully usable and recognized as supported. The next section explains how to add additional unverified drives later and have them automatically accepted.
What to Do When Adding New HDDs or SSDs Later for Expansion, Replacement, or Hot Spares
After your initial setup and database modification, any newly added unverified drives will still appear as unsupported in DSM until they are explicitly added to the modified compatibility database. This section outlines how to safely introduce new drives for RAID expansion, hot spare assignment, or disk replacement without encountering blockages or warning messages.
Step-by-Step Instructions:
Physically install the new drive(s)
Power down your NAS if required (for systems that don’t support hot-swapping).
Insert the new unverified HDDs or SSDs into available bays.
Power the NAS back on and log in to DSM.
Check Storage Manager
Go to Storage Manager > HDD/SSD.
Newly added drives will appear but will be marked as “Not supported” or “Unverified.”
They will not be usable for volume expansion or as hot spares until added to the compatibility list.
Reconnect via SSH
Use PuTTY or your SSH client to log into DSM with your admin credentials.
Elevate to root access:
sudo -i
Navigate to the working directory
Assuming you previously created /opt and stored the script there:
cd /opt
Run the update script again
This re-applies the database patch and includes newly inserted drives:
./syno_hdd_db.sh
Verify drive status
Go back to Storage Manager.
Refresh the page or reboot the NAS if needed.
The newly added drives should now appear as compatible and can be used for expansion, drive replacement, or assigned as hot spares.
This process can be repeated anytime new unverified drives are introduced. However, to avoid having to manually re-run the script every time, the next section covers how to set up a scheduled task that automates this during every system boot.
How to Set Up a Scheduled Task to Re-Apply the Fix on Every Reboot
Synology DSM updates or certain system operations can overwrite or reset the internal compatibility database, especially after version upgrades or service restarts. To ensure that unverified drives remain recognized and fully functional even after a reboot, you can configure a scheduled task that automatically re-applies the compatibility script at every startup.
Task Name: Name it something descriptive like Drive Compatibility Patch.
User: Select root from the dropdown (this is essential for full system access).
Event: Select Boot-up so the script runs every time the NAS starts.
Leave Enabled checked.
Set the script action
Click on the Task Settings tab.
In the User-defined script box, enter the following command:
mkdir -m775 /opt
cd /opt || (echo "Failed to CD to /opt"; exit 1)
curl -O "https://raw.githubusercontent.com/007revad/Synology_HDD_db/refs/heads/main/syno_hdd_db.sh"
curl -O "https://raw.githubusercontent.com/007revad/Synology_HDD_db/refs/heads/main/syno_hdd_vendor_ids.txt"
chmod 750 /opt/syno_hdd_db.sh
/opt/syno_hdd_db.sh -e
This ensures the script is always downloaded fresh and applied with the -e flag for compatibility with scheduled tasks and email output (if enabled).
Optional email notifications
Still under Task Settings, you can enable email alerts to be notified if the script fails or terminates abnormally.
Save and test
Click OK to save the task.
You can manually run the task to confirm it executes correctly.
Reboot the NAS to ensure the script is applied at boot and unverified drives remain fully usable.
This scheduled task ensures long-term reliability and reduces the need for manual intervention whenever DSM is restarted, updated, or new drives are introduced.
Synology’s decision to restrict drive compatibility in its 2025 and later NAS models has complicated matters for users who prefer flexibility in their storage choices. However, through a combination of Telnet access, SSH scripting, and community-built tools like Dave Russell’s syno_hdd_db.sh, it is entirely possible to restore full drive functionality—even when using completely unverified SATA or NVMe devices. By following the steps outlined in this guide, users can install DSM on unverified drives, create storage pools, use SSDs for caching, and expand or modify their RAID configurations without limitations. Setting up an automated scheduled task further ensures these capabilities persist through reboots and DSM updates. While Synology may eventually broaden official support, this method provides a reliable and reversible way to maintain full control over your hardware today.
Should You Buy the Synology DS925+ NAS?
In practical terms, the DS925+ is the stronger out-of-the-box choice, especially for users who value simplicity, improved default performance, and do not anticipate needing higher-than-2.5GbE networking down the line. However, the long-term value proposition becomes murkier when you factor in the DS923+’s PCIe expansion, broader drive compatibility, and the potential price drops that will follow its ageing status in Synology’s lineup. In short, the DS925+ is the better NAS on day one—more powerful, faster, and quieter. But if you’re planning for day 1,000, it’s worth pausing to consider whether the expandability and media flexibility of the DS923+ may be a better fit for your storage and networking needs over the next five to seven years.
Synology DS925+ NAS
Synology DS923+ NAS
Check Amazon in Your Region for the Synology DS925+ NAS
Check B&H for the Synology DS925+ NAS
Check Amazon in Your Region for the Synology DS923+ NAS
This description contains links to Amazon. These links will take you to some of the products mentioned in today's content. As an Amazon Associate, I earn from qualifying purchases. Visit the NASCompares Deal Finder to find the best place to buy this device in your region, based on Service, Support and Reputation - Just Search for your NAS Drive in the Box Below
Need Advice on Data Storage from an Expert?
Finally, for free advice about your setup, just leave a message in the comments below here at NASCompares.com and we will get back to you.Need Help?
Where possible (and where appropriate) please provide as much information about your requirements, as then I can arrange the best answer and solution to your needs. Do not worry about your e-mail address being required, it will NOT be used in a mailing list and will NOT be used in any way other than to respond to your enquiry.
[contact-form-7]
TRY CHAT Terms and Conditions
If you like this service, please consider supporting us.
We use affiliate links on the blog allowing NAScompares information and advice service to be free of charge to you.Anything you purchase on the day you click on our links will generate a small commission which isused to run the website. Here is a link for Amazon and B&H.You can also get me a Ko-fi or old school Paypal. Thanks!To find out more about how to support this advice service checkHEREIf you need to fix or configure a NAS, check FiverHave you thought about helping others with your knowledge? Find Instructions Here
Or support us by using our affiliate links on Amazon UK and Amazon US
Alternatively, why not ask me on the ASK NASCompares forum, by clicking the button below. This is a community hub that serves as a place that I can answer your question, chew the fat, share new release information and even get corrections posted. I will always get around to answering ALL queries, but as a one-man operation, I cannot promise speed! So by sharing your query in the ASK NASCompares section below, you can get a better range of solutions and suggestions, alongside my own.
The Synology DS225+ is a 2-bay desktop NAS released in 2025 as a refresh to the DS224+, aimed at home users, remote workers, and small teams needing centralized storage, backup, and multimedia functionality. It retains the Intel Celeron J4125 processor, a quad-core chip with integrated graphics, and includes 2GB of DDR4 non-ECC memory soldered to the board, with an available slot to expand the total to 6GB. Connectivity consists of both a standard 1GbE port and a 2.5GbE port, along with dual USB 3.2 Gen 1 ports for external drives or UPS devices. The chassis is compact and passively efficient, consuming less than 17 watts under load and producing under 20 dB(A) of idle noise—well-suited for environments where silence and energy efficiency matter.
The DS225+ runs DSM 7.2, Synology’s proprietary NAS operating system, and supports the full catalog of Synology applications for backup, file sharing, collaboration, and even light virtualization. Users can take advantage of tools like Active Backup, Hyper Backup, Surveillance Station, Synology Drive, and Virtual Machine Manager, with support for Btrfs and SHR offering additional flexibility. While the DS225+ delivers a solid turnkey experience for typical NAS users, its dated CPU, limited upgrade path, and increasingly restrictive drive compatibility policy raise questions about long-term value and competitiveness in the current NAS landscape. This review will examine five key advantages that justify its place in the market—and five potential drawbacks that could sway buyers toward alternatives or delay a purchase.
SOFTWARE - 10/10
HARDWARE - 5/10
PERFORMANCE - 6/10
PRICE - 7/10
VALUE - 6/10
6.8
PROS
DSM 7.2 Software Suite: Includes license-free tools like Active Backup, Snapshot Replication, Synology Drive, Photos, and Surveillance Station. Low Power Consumption: Consumes just ~17W under load and ~6W in hibernation, making it highly efficient for 24/7 use. Quiet Operation: Runs at just 19.6 dB(A) in idle, with a single 92mm fan and well-controlled thermals, ideal for home or office environments. Integrated Graphics Support: The Intel J4125 includes UHD 600 graphics for light Plex or Jellyfin transcoding and improved multimedia indexing. 2.5GbE + 1GbE Ports: Offers faster-than-Gigabit networking without requiring premium models or PCIe upgrades. Flexible RAID and File System Support: Supports Btrfs, SHR, RAID 0/1, and volume expansion with larger drives via DSM. Compact and Lightweight Design: Small footprint (165 × 108 × 232 mm, 1.3 kg) fits neatly into tight or silent workspaces.
CONS
Strict Drive Compatibility: Officially supports only Synology-branded HDDs and SSDs, with DSM limiting or blocking unsupported drives. Outdated CPU: Still uses a 2019-era Intel Celeron J4125, which lacks the performance headroom of newer N-series or AMD chips. Memory Constraints: Comes with 2GB soldered RAM and supports only up to 6GB with Synology-validated modules. No I/O Expandability: Lacks PCIe, SD card, or USB 3.2 Gen 2 ports; USB limited to 5Gbps with no front-mounted convenience port.
One of the strongest arguments in favor of the DS225+ is its inclusion of Synology’s DiskStation Manager (DSM), widely recognized as one of the most polished NAS operating systems on the market. DSM 7.2 runs natively on the DS225+ and includes a comprehensive suite of first-party tools designed for file management, backup, synchronization, collaboration, and multimedia.
Applications such as Active Backup for Business enable full system imaging and granular backups for Windows and Linux clients, while Hyper Backup supports encrypted, versioned backups to remote Synology NAS, USB drives, or public cloud platforms. These tools are license-free and integrate tightly with DSM’s centralized control panel and task scheduler, making them practical for individuals and small teams alike.
The DS225+ also supports Snapshot Replication, allowing users to create fast, low-overhead restore points across shared folders or entire volumes. This is especially useful for protecting data against accidental deletion or ransomware threats. Multimedia services such as Synology Photos and Video Station are included, with support for AI-driven features like facial and object recognition—provided the RAM is upgraded to at least 4GB.
Additionally, users can deploy lightweight productivity services such as Synology Drive, Chat, and Office, all of which are accessible via browser or mobile apps. While the DS225+ is limited to 2 bays, it still benefits from full access to Synology’s software stack, giving users enterprise-grade functionality in a compact and relatively affordable unit.
Locked Drive Compatibility Limits Flexibility and Upgrade Options
A major drawback of the DS225+ is Synology’s increasingly rigid stance on drive compatibility, particularly with its 2025 product generation. At launch, the DS225+ only officially supports Synology-branded HDDs and SSDs, including the HAT5300 and SAT5200 series. While these drives offer solid performance and enterprise-grade validation, they are often more expensive than third-party alternatives and far less widely available in retail markets.
More critically, DSM may block or degrade functionality if users install unsupported drives—such as WD Red, Seagate IronWolf, or Toshiba N300—even if those drives meet technical requirements. This includes disabling RAID creation, expansion, and in some cases even volume initialization.
For users hoping to reuse drives from older systems or build cost-effective arrays with commodity drives, this presents a serious limitation. The policy effectively turns the DS225+ into a semi-proprietary system where basic RAID features and DSM warnings depend on purchasing Synology-approved hardware.
While it’s possible the compatibility list may expand in the future, as of July 2025, this restriction creates significant friction for DIY users or small offices managing mixed storage fleets. It also undermines the flexibility that has traditionally been one of Synology’s key advantages over more locked-down storage ecosystems. Users seeking the freedom to choose drives based on price, warranty, or local availability will find the DS225+ ecosystem increasingly restrictive.
Exceptionally Low Power Consumption and Quiet Operation
The DS225+ is particularly well-suited for 24/7 deployment in environments where power efficiency and noise are concerns, such as home offices, media rooms, or shared living spaces. In real-world usage, the system consumes just 16.98 watts during access and drops as low as 6.08 watts in HDD hibernation, making it one of the most energy-efficient 2-bay NAS systems in its class.
This low draw is aided by the efficient Intel J4125 processor and a single 92mm system fan that manages thermals without overcompensating. During testing, the DS225+ maintained component temperatures of 32°C–37°C even under sustained moderate CPU and disk activity, confirming that the chassis design and airflow are well-optimized for the thermal envelope.
In terms of acoustics, the DS225+ is also ideal for quiet setups. It produces just 19.6 dB(A) of noise at idle—barely above ambient background levels—and remains quiet even under drive access or medium fan profiles. This makes it an appealing choice for use in proximity to desks, entertainment setups, or even bedrooms, without becoming a source of distraction. The adjustable fan modes (Full-Speed, Cool, and Quiet) can be fine-tuned in DSM, allowing users to prioritize either silence or cooling based on workload and ambient conditions. For users who want a reliable NAS that can operate continuously without noticeable noise or energy penalties, the DS225+ delivers an efficient and unobtrusive experience.
Aging Intel Celeron J4125 CPU Limits Future-Proofing
The DS225+ continues to use the Intel Celeron J4125, a 4-core, 4-thread processor first launched in late 2019. While it still performs adequately for DSM tasks, light media streaming, and small office workloads, it is now well behind newer processor architectures in terms of efficiency, instruction set support, and overall responsiveness.
Competing NAS units released in 2024 and 2025 have moved on to Intel N-series, Jasper Lake, or even embedded AMD processors, many of which offer better performance-per-watt, additional cores, and support for modern instruction sets such as AVX2 and higher memory bandwidth. In contrast, the J4125’s dated 14nm Gemini Lake Refresh architecture lacks modern features and could begin to show its age sooner, especially under multitasking or when running additional DSM packages concurrently.
Although the DS225+ is not intended for heavy virtualized workloads or media encoding, the use of such an older CPU architecture restricts its growth potential. During testing, even modest activity such as Surveillance Station recording or Synology Drive sync tasks caused the CPU to reach 60–70% utilization, leaving little room for additional services. Docker and Virtual Machine Manager are supported, but their use is constrained by both CPU headroom and the device’s limited memory ceiling. For users expecting to scale their usage over the next 3–5 years, the DS225+ may struggle to keep pace as DSM continues to evolve and introduce more background services, analytics, and real-time processing demands.
Integrated Graphics for Light Transcoding and Multimedia Tasks
A notable advantage of the DS225+ is its use of the Intel Celeron J4125, a quad-core x86 processor that includes integrated Intel UHD 600 graphics. While this is not a new CPU, the presence of onboard graphics enables hardware-accelerated video decoding and transcoding, a feature that’s become less common in newer NAS systems using ARM-based or non-iGPU x86 processors. For users planning to run Plex or Jellyfin, this hardware acceleration allows the DS225+ to handle light 1080p transcoding tasks—useful when streaming to devices with limited codec support or over constrained network connections.
This capability is especially important for homes or small offices that want centralized media storage without relying on local playback compatibility. During testing, the DS225+ performed adequately when transcoding one or two 1080p streams simultaneously, especially when the source files used H.264 or H.265 formats compatible with the GPU.
Synology’s native apps like Surveillance Station and Synology Photos also benefit from integrated graphics, improving responsiveness during thumbnail generation and background indexing of photos and videos. While not intended for intensive media workflows, the DS225+ offers enough GPU performance for common multimedia use cases, making it more versatile than similarly priced NAS units that lack any form of video acceleration.
Limited Memory and Restrictive Upgrade Policy
The DS225+ ships with just 2GB of DDR4 memory, which is soldered directly to the motherboard, limiting flexibility from the outset. While it does feature a single accessible SODIMM slot to expand the total memory to 6GB (2GB onboard + 4GB additional), Synology officially supports only their own branded 4GB memory module. Using non-Synology memory will either trigger DSM warnings or void technical support eligibility. This restrictive policy contrasts with other NAS vendors that support industry-standard memory upgrades more openly. In practical terms, the 6GB ceiling is already considered low for 2025, especially as DSM continues to expand its service ecosystem and memory-hungry packages like Photos, Drive, and Surveillance Station become more prevalent.
Real-world testing shows that even at idle with no user-installed applications, DSM often consumes 28–38% of available memory due to intelligent caching. Once additional services are installed—such as indexing, media streaming, or light virtual machines—the system can begin to feel constrained, leading to slower response times or increased reliance on swap memory. For example, enabling facial recognition in Synology Photos or running simultaneous Docker containers may quickly push the system beyond its comfortable operational range. This limitation makes the DS225+ poorly suited for users who want to experiment with virtualization, host large collaborative environments, or ensure headroom for future DSM features. Even for modest multi-user environments, the soldered memory and limited upgrade capacity represent a clear technical bottleneck.
Dual LAN Ports with 2.5GbE Support for Faster Transfers
The DS225+ is equipped with two Ethernet ports—one standard 1GbE and one 2.5GbE—giving users flexibility in how they connect and scale their network performance. This is a meaningful improvement over entry-level NAS models that only offer single Gigabit connectivity, especially as more consumer routers and switches begin to support multi-gigabit speeds. When paired with a compatible switch or direct 2.5GbE connection, the DS225+ can achieve transfer speeds up to 280–290MB/s under optimal conditions, significantly reducing the time needed for backups, media streaming, or large file transfers over LAN. For those sticking to 1GbE setups, the second port still provides redundancy or the option to separate network traffic between general access and administrative tasks.
Although the DS225+ does not support link aggregation or PCIe expansion, having dual LAN ports allows for some segmentation and future-proofing in small network environments. Users can reserve the faster 2.5GbE interface for high-priority devices such as a workstation or editing PC, while the 1GbE port can be used for background syncing, IP camera feeds, or system management. The inclusion of 2.5GbE is also relevant in home lab and prosumer scenarios, where higher-speed NAS-to-NAS replication or remote backup over multi-GbE connections is becoming more common. While the benefit is conditional on the rest of the network infrastructure supporting these speeds, it’s still an advantage that many previous 2-bay NAS models from this brand do not provide.
Limited I/O Expansion and Slower USB Connectivity
While the DS225+ includes the essentials for a basic NAS setup, its external connectivity is minimal, offering just two USB 3.2 Gen 1 ports, each limited to 5Gbps. This is notably behind the current standard of USB 3.2 Gen 2, which offers 10Gbps, and well below newer competitors that feature USB-C, eSATA, or PCIe slots for future expansion.
The lack of a front-mounted USB port or SD card reader also reduces convenience for users who regularly transfer media from cameras or external drives. In scenarios involving backup rotation, media ingestion, or hot-swapping data from multiple USB devices, users may find themselves manually unplugging and swapping cables due to the low number and placement of ports.
This limitation becomes more pronounced as the DS225+ cannot be expanded via PCIe, ruling out the addition of 10GbE networking, additional NVMe cache, or external SAS enclosures. Even Synology’s own expansion units are unsupported on this model, meaning what you see is essentially what you’re locked into for the lifespan of the system. While the DS225+ works well within its default role, users requiring scalable connectivity for workflows like multi-tiered backup, external archives, or direct media workstations will likely find it too constrained. The inability to expand I/O makes it harder to adapt the device as your setup grows or changes, placing it at a disadvantage in a market where even entry-level NAS units are becoming more modular.
Compact Design with Full DSM Access and RAID Flexibility
Despite its small physical footprint, the DS225+ delivers the full functionality of Synology’s DSM ecosystem, enabling users to configure advanced storage, backup, and collaboration features without needing a larger or more expensive unit. Measuring just 165 mm x 108 mm x 232.2 mm and weighing 1.3 kg, the DS225+ fits easily on a shelf, under a desk, or alongside other AV equipment. This makes it especially appealing to users with limited space or those looking to maintain a minimal setup. The 2-bay form factor supports 3.5″ SATA HDDs or 2.5″ SSDs, and users can configure their storage using Basic, JBOD, RAID 0, RAID 1, or Synology Hybrid RAID (SHR) depending on redundancy and capacity needs.
The benefit here is that while the DS225+ lacks the expansion features of higher-end NAS units, it doesn’t compromise on software or configurability. DSM allows for volume expansion with larger drives, RAID migration from Basic to RAID 1, and SSD TRIM support for improving SSD longevity. Users can also benefit from Btrfs snapshots and file versioning, even on this compact system.
This flexibility allows individuals to start with a single drive and expand or rebuild as storage needs increase. The ability to pair this with external drives via USB 3.2 for backups or offloading archived content extends its functionality further. For users who want the core NAS experience without the complexity or physical scale of larger models, the DS225+ is a strong, space-efficient option.
The DS225+ sits within a transitional period for Synology, during which the company has increasingly signaled a shift toward pre-populated, locked-down platforms such as the BeeStation and BeeStation Plus series. These newer lines are aimed at users seeking simplicity and cloud-like convenience, but they also reflect Synology’s broader move toward closed ecosystems with tighter control over hardware and software integration. As these preconfigured models begin to replace traditional bare-metal Plus series NAS options in Synology’s lineup, it’s unclear how much longer models like the DS225+ will remain actively supported or prioritized in DSM development.
This creates uncertainty for prospective buyers who want a long-term investment. While Synology’s current support lifecycle is generally strong, the tighter coupling between software and specific hardware could eventually result in DSM updates being optimized for newer, more restrictive platforms. For example, users of the DS225+ may find that future DSM features—such as enhanced AI functions or hybrid cloud integrations—are limited or unsupported due to the older CPU or reduced memory ceiling.
Additionally, if the company continues to prioritize its locked-drive strategy and proprietary accessories, even firmware-level changes could make legacy systems like the DS225+ feel increasingly boxed in. This isn’t an immediate concern, but for users thinking 3–5 years ahead, the direction of Synology’s portfolio suggests the DS225+ may not age as gracefully as its predecessors once did.
Synology DS225+ NAS Review – Verdict and Conclusion
The Synology DS225+ delivers a polished and well-integrated NAS experience that caters to home users and small teams looking for dependable data storage, backups, and light multimedia handling. Its compact form factor, efficient thermal and acoustic design, and access to the full DSM 7.2 ecosystem make it a compelling choice for those who prioritize low noise, low power use, and a robust software suite. The inclusion of 2.5GbE networking, integrated graphics for basic Plex or Jellyfin transcoding, and support for Btrfs, SHR, and snapshot replication ensure that it remains practical for a wide range of core NAS tasks. It’s a system that “just works,” and for many users, that is enough to justify its place on their shortlist.
However, the DS225+ is increasingly defined by its limitations as much as its strengths. The use of an aging processor, restricted memory expansion, limited I/O, and locked-down drive compatibility significantly reduce its appeal for users who expect flexibility, performance headroom, or long-term scalability. When positioned against similarly priced or even cheaper NAS solutions from competing brands—many of which offer newer CPUs, broader third-party drive support, and better external connectivity—the DS225+ risks feeling outdated straight out of the box. Synology’s evolving product strategy also casts doubt on the long-term direction for devices like this. For users who are already committed to the Synology ecosystem or need something simple and quiet for basic NAS duties, the DS225+ can still be a solid purchase. For those looking for open-ended expandability or stronger hardware per dollar, however, it’s worth comparing alternatives or waiting to see how Synology’s next generation unfolds.
This description contains links to Amazon. These links will take you to some of the products mentioned in today's content. As an Amazon Associate, I earn from qualifying purchases. Visit the NASCompares Deal Finder to find the best place to buy this device in your region, based on Service, Support and Reputation - Just Search for your NAS Drive in the Box Below
Need Advice on Data Storage from an Expert?
Finally, for free advice about your setup, just leave a message in the comments below here at NASCompares.com and we will get back to you.Need Help?
Where possible (and where appropriate) please provide as much information about your requirements, as then I can arrange the best answer and solution to your needs. Do not worry about your e-mail address being required, it will NOT be used in a mailing list and will NOT be used in any way other than to respond to your enquiry.
[contact-form-7]
TRY CHAT Terms and Conditions
If you like this service, please consider supporting us.
We use affiliate links on the blog allowing NAScompares information and advice service to be free of charge to you.Anything you purchase on the day you click on our links will generate a small commission which isused to run the website. Here is a link for Amazon and B&H.You can also get me a Ko-fi or old school Paypal. Thanks!To find out more about how to support this advice service checkHEREIf you need to fix or configure a NAS, check FiverHave you thought about helping others with your knowledge? Find Instructions Here
Or support us by using our affiliate links on Amazon UK and Amazon US
Alternatively, why not ask me on the ASK NASCompares forum, by clicking the button below. This is a community hub that serves as a place that I can answer your question, chew the fat, share new release information and even get corrections posted. I will always get around to answering ALL queries, but as a one-man operation, I cannot promise speed! So by sharing your query in the ASK NASCompares section below, you can get a better range of solutions and suggestions, alongside my own.
Are Chinese DIY NAS Devices Worth Your Time, Money, and Data?
Over the last 2 years, I have discussed at length multiple different Chinese-built NAS solutions in one form or another. From DIY NAS motherboards from brands like Topton and CWWK to pre-built solutions arriving both with and without NAS software from brands like Ugreen, Terramaster, Aoostar, and more. Thanks to the miniaturisation and power efficiency improvements in a multitude of different kinds of PC hardware, a lot of brands originally developing mini PCs, tablets, and laptops have started including developments towards NAS systems in their portfolios. Some brands, like Ugreen and Terramaster, have gone into this with significantly more energy than others, including and further developing their very own NAS software that is included with the hardware. But regardless of whether you are looking at a Chinese DIY NAS that does or does not include its software, it still raises the question of whether these solutions are worth your time and money. Are they as reliable as some of the long-established players providing solutions from Taiwan or the US? Can you trust it with your data? Let’s discuss.
Chinese NAS Brands That I Recommend
These are the brands I would personally recommend if you are considering a China-based NAS brand. These are 6 brands that I have used many of their products (NAS and others) that I have found the best experiences with, as well as, on balance,e the best online support and communication. No brand is perfect, and look hard enough and you will find good and bad on any brand, really, but these are six examples of brands that stand out from the others.
Chinese NAS popularity is rising due to affordability, broader hardware variety, and greater accessibility in Asia.
Brands like Ugreen and Terramaster have built their own NAS software, adding credibility to their name in the eyes of consumers and long-term support potential that a lot of other options seem to tangebly lack.
Mini PC brands (e.g., Minisforum, GMKTec) are repurposing their platforms into NAS devices, leveraging existing consumer trust.
Many Chinese NAS systems are hardware-only, allowing users to install platforms like TrueNAS or UnRAID.
DIY-friendly: Chinese NAS devices often support third-party OS installs without voiding warranty—unlike many Western brands.
Hardware value: You can expect up to 25–30% lower prices compared to similar US/Taiwan/Japan-made systems.
Tech culture: China has a more tech-literate consumer market, visible in high street and airport advertising.
Security concerns exist, largely due to past incidents of spyware or malware embedded in hardware from some Chinese vendors.
Using trusted open-source OS platforms can reduce risks—but can’t fully eliminate them if vulnerabilities are in firmware/hardware.
Not all Chinese brands are equal—research brand background, online presence, and operational transparency.
Some no-name brands just rebrand OEM hardware (e.g., from CWWK), but offer poor support and minimal warranty backing.
Support issues include:
No regional presence
Language/cultural barriers
Long RMA turnaround
Tax/import delays for returns
Brands with better reputations for support include: CWWK, Jonsbo, and Terramaster. Be wary of AliExpress-only brands with no official website or global support—these often lack accountability.
Ultimately: Yes, you can buy a NAS from China—just stick to reputable brands, do your research, and stay security-conscious.
$169 n150 4x M.2 NVMe SSD NAS – The GMKTek G9
Why Have Chinese NAS Systems Rapidly Grown in Popularity?
The easy answer to this would be to say that they tend to be a lot cheaper than NAS products that are built in the US, Europe, or surrounding Eastern countries like Taiwan or Japan. Indeed, that is true, and you tend to find that NAS systems made in China are typically offered at great value price points and hardware value compared to anywhere else in the world. However, the popularity of Chinese NAS systems is actually a little bit more nuanced and about a lot more than simply money.
The UGREEN DXP NASync Series Now Globally Available
For a start, some of the brands that are currently moving into providing their own network-attached storage solutions are brands that already had a well-established presence in homes and offices around the globe for other peripherals. A great example of this would be Ugreen. Ugreen has provided accessories for PCs, power adaptors, and portable docking stations for quite a few years and is probably one of the most recognisable names for this kind of technology from China around the world.
The Aoostar WTR N305 4 Bay NAS Drive
Therefore, in early 2024, when the brand announced it was entering the world of NAS in the Western world, the brand already had a fairly solid and well-documented audience in place. That is likely why the brand, although still pretty good value, is actually slightly more expensive than the majority of other Chinese NAS brands.
The Terramaster F6-424 Max NAS – 2x 10GbE, 2x Gen 4×4 M.2 NVMe & Intel i5 CPU
Alternatively, you have brands like Terramaster, who have been in the network-attached storage industry for over half as long as the likes of QNAP and Synology, and during that time have built up a fairly solid audience base long before the arguably heavy influx of smaller, lesser-known brands entering the world of NAS from China.
The Terramaster F6-424 Max NAS – 2x 10GbE, 2x Gen 4×4 M.2 NVMe & Intel i5 CPU
Chiefly purchased for its hardware until now, Terramaster is a brand that has a fairly comprehensive and well-detailed software platform in TOS. Of course, both of these brands provide much better value for money than alternatives in the market from other countries, but in a lot of cases, people are purchasing these solutions for more than just the bottom-line price.
The Lincplus Lincstation N1 & N2 4x M.2 and 10GbE NAS
Alternatively, there is the now heavily saturated market of mini PC vendors who have modified a lot of their existing production and systems to now leverage towards storage. In many cases, some of these brands—such as Minisforum and GMKTec—already have a healthy relationship with consumers thanks to their mini PCs, and that brand awareness has clearly transferred over to NAS products.
The Minisforum N5 Pro NAS – AMD i9 HX370 / ECC Memory / 10+5GbE / 5 SATA and 3 M.2 NVMe
The other thing that makes these Chinese NAS products very appealing to new and even old NAS buyers is that a lot of them arrive without software included. This allows users to get just the hardware at a lower price and then go ahead and install software such as TrueNAS or UnRAID, because they want to take advantage of those more flexible (if slightly more intimidating) platforms. The majority of NAS products that arrive from other countries tend to arrive with their own NAS software included and, more often than not, do not allow the warranty to continue being supported if you install a third-party operating system. Whereas practically all NAS products that are developed in China tend to allow you to use third-party operating systems—even when they include their own OS (again, see Terramaster and Ugreen).
What Are the Benefits of Chinese NAS Systems?
Ultimately—and it’s kind of a shame that this is the headline here—but it is, of course, that NAS systems from China will generally give you much better hardware at a lower price tag. That isn’t to say that these systems are always going to be universally the lowest price, but it is simply that the average price tag of the system configuration and hardware, compared across multiple regions, will generally always end in the product being cheaper when it is manufactured in China.
UGREEN DXP8800 PLUS NAS – 10GbEx2, Intel i5 CPU, Gen 4×4 NVMe
More often than not, whether you’re looking at a fairly modest entry-level Intel Celeron / Intel Alder Lake / Intel Twin Lake-based NAS system or scaling it up all the way towards Intel Core and AMD Ryzen systems, you will tend to find that NAS solutions built in China are as much as 25 to 30% lower in price than those made in the rest of the world.
The UnifyDrive UP6 6x NM.2 NVMe SSD Portable NAS
I guess you could also add that if you are based in the Eastern part of the world, there are also tremendous benefits to these solutions being so readily available and accessible. Indeed, on a recent trip to Shenzhen, I noticed how there were significantly more DIY NAS solutions available on the high street and in the tech malls than anywhere else in the world. A big part of this is that the general average standard understanding of tech hardware is higher out there than in a lot of Western regions. That isn’t to say that we don’t have a tremendously high volume of users who understand this kind of technology in the US and Europe, but the way it is framed to the consumer is notably different.
So, for example, if you walk around an airport in China, Hong Kong, or Taiwan, you will often see advertisements of a pretty technical nature with regard to CPUs and graphics cards on the back of trolleys, billboards, and on the sides of public vehicles. Whereas in America and Europe—although this is still not completely absent—adverts are much more focused on the end product, such as phones, tablets, laptops, and domestic client hardware.
Why Are People So Concerned About Chinese NAS System Security?
It is a pretty bloody valid concern! In recent years, tensions between large countries with regards to trade have been on the rise—one of the biggest being the US–China trade war, which, although it has ebbed and flowed over the last seven or eight years, is actually something that has existed for a few decades now. It largely boils down to the import and export of this kind of technology. However, the breaking point came when several Chinese products were found to contain spyware and malware that was hard-baked into the hardware and allowed for remote collection of user data. Numerous brands were implicated, and the fact that there is a degree of ambiguity between numerous Chinese brands in the eyes of the world—regarding how many of them cross over at the point of manufacture and how many of them are on the same production line filtering toward various brands—all added up to increased tensions and, eventually, several companies and organisations being barred from sale in the US.
How much this has been respected by certain Chinese players in the past—I am not going to blanket-tarnish all Chinese brands with this, as that would be both unfair and hugely incorrect. Nevertheless, a small group of bad apples has certainly soured the mood for many when it comes to purchasing Chinese NAS products in terms of security, especially when it is noted that these systems will be on 24/7, contain all of your data, and, in many cases, are directly or indirectly connected to the internet depending on your own personal setup.
This is one of the main reasons why a lot of users will purchase a Chinese NAS product specifically if it does not arrive with any kind of included operating system. A lot of users would rather trust established and Western-orientated NAS brands such as TrueNAS and UnRAID, as these have a proven track record of firmware updates and security tools, but also have recognised vulnerability and security disclosure programs that they work with to be held accountable in the event of any security incident being recognised. Nevertheless, on numerous occasions, it has been noted that security vulnerabilities—and the aforementioned spyware, when it has been recognised—have been hard-baked into the hardware components and physical controllers, which means that regardless of the NAS software you use, some of these devices still have the potential to contain security vulnerabilities.
Now, playing devil’s advocate, it could actually be possible for any hardware manufacturer in any country in the world to implement these kinds of security breach methodologies into their hardware. When you really break it down, the architecture of a NAS device—regardless of where it is built in the world—is going to be largely similar to that of a standard PC, and therefore the opportunities for exploitation and manipulation are still going to be on the table. Nevertheless, although it has been recognised that different regions of the world have had their own bad actors who have introduced vulnerable devices into the market unbeknownst to end users, there is still no avoiding that the lion’s share of the manufacturers found culpable for this have been based in China.
However, we also have to be slightly reasonable in that, given the larger share of hardware that is manufactured and distributed from China, then statistically, they are always going to have the larger number of incidents. The propaganda machine of numerous nations will always be at play to present a particular picture of the safety of imported devices, but all that aside, it does still seem that—despite instances of systems with inbuilt vulnerabilities decreasing all the time—they do crop up more frequently in products made in China than anywhere else in the world.
Should this be a reason to completely disregard purchasing a NAS solution from China? No, I don’t think so. I think it is a good reason to investigate the brand or organisation that you’re choosing to purchase from. I think it is a good reason to investigate how long a company has been in operation and to find out more about their offices and operations before making a purchase. And I do think it is all the more reason why organisations should not automatically assume that any piece of hardware from anywhere in the world is automatically the most secure out of the box, and should be implementing their own firewalls, VPNs, authentication methods, and security protocols regardless.
Remote Accessing My Chinese NAS – Alternatives to the Host OS
If you’re hesitant to use the default remote access features provided by your Chinese-made NAS due to privacy, transparency, or security concerns, you’re not alone—and thankfully, there are much safer and more trusted options available.
One of the most popular and user-friendly tools in this space is Tailscale, a modern mesh VPN built on WireGuard. Tailscale allows you to securely access your NAS (or any other device on your network) from anywhere in the world—without the need for risky port forwarding, dynamic DNS, or vendor cloud logins. With just a few clicks, you can create a private, end-to-end encrypted network between your NAS, phone, tablet, and computers, all managed via a clean web dashboard. It works across firewalls, NAT, and even CGNAT (carrier-grade NAT), which makes it ideal for less technical users looking for peace of mind when accessing their files remotely.
For those who want more customization or are working in slightly more advanced environments, there are other powerful self-hosted or cloud-assisted VPN solutions worth considering. Tools like ZeroTier allow for flexible, programmable virtual networks with global peer-to-peer routing. Meanwhile, OpenVPN and WireGuard (standalone) offer rock-solid, time-tested security for users comfortable with deploying and managing their own VPN servers. These services can be installed directly on your NAS or hosted on another home server or Raspberry Pi on the same network, offering complete control over who gets access and how. If you’re running TrueNAS, UnRAID, or even Debian/Ubuntu-based DIY NAS software, many of these can be installed natively or through Docker containers. This means you can completely bypass the vendor-supplied cloud services, eliminating a major attack surface while retaining secure access from anywhere.
Here are some of the most reliable and widely recommended remote access alternatives:
Tailscale – Simple, secure mesh VPN using WireGuard; ideal for non-technical users
ZeroTier – Virtual network overlay with programmable access control and P2P routing
WireGuard (standalone) – Lightweight, fast, and secure VPN for advanced users
OpenVPN – A well-established, highly configurable VPN solution
Dockerized Access Tools – Solutions like Headscale (Tailscale self-hosted), PiVPN, or Cloudflare Tunnel
Cloudflare Tunnel (Argo Tunnel) – Secure reverse proxy with public access protection
FRP (Fast Reverse Proxy) – Lightweight self-hosted tunnel service often used in Chinese networks
Syncthing – Peer-to-peer file sync tool for remote file access without VPN (for specific folders)
Using any of these tools, you can confidently disable or ignore the default remote access features provided by your NAS vendor and instead implement a hardened, trusted, and fully auditable solution. In doing so, you’re minimizing potential exposure, maintaining privacy, and ensuring that your remote access setup is under your control—not in the hands of a third-party vendor.
Should Users Be Concerned About Support?
Alongside the ever-present concerns around security, the other big issue that users tend to mention about purchasing Chinese NAS products is to do with support. It’s not unusual for a product or solution that you purchase in the market to not have a local or regional office that you can talk to in the event of hardware faults or software difficulties. Just because a product is manufactured in China doesn’t mean it’s the only one that suffers from the geographical hurdles of purchasing a system built in a completely different country than your own.
For example, there are plenty of American manufacturers that do not have any regional offices in Europe, and most support is provided remotely. In those cases, what puts support for products made in China into a different category for many is:
Language and cultural differences in communication between end users and the brand, and
The logistical difficulties of replacing a malfunctioning device with a replacement or repair.
Most of us are quite familiar with—and are happy to accept—that issues occur in the day-to-day operations of most large-scale mass manufacturing production lines. Even high production lines with a 0.01% failure rate, once you break into the million units, are still going to result in a handful of users who might receive a unit that is less than fully operational. But alongside the delays of swapping a bad device for a good one, other hurdles such as time zone differences and potential tax issues upon devices travelling internationally need to be considered. Many of these issues are not any one country’s fault and are just part and parcel of global trade that’s ever-present in any technology. However, it is how certain Chinese brands negotiate these many hurdles when selling goods to the US and Europe that very quickly sets apart the good organisations from the bad ones.
In my years reviewing and installing different Chinese NAS solutions, some brands have definitely stood out more than others in terms of their support. For example, in the past 2 years, I have heard significantly more positive warranty/repair threads for CWWK, Jonsbo, and Terramaster than I have for brands like GMKtec, B-Link, or pretty much any brand that only seems to exist on AliExpress and Alibaba but has practically no in-house website or Western presence. That isn’t to say that those first few companies I mentioned have a 100% success rate—definitely not. Some simple Googling will always find you both good and bad instances. However, broadly, I’ve had better feedback from people I have provided support for and from numerous NAS subreddits for those brands than I have for some of the lesser-known and far more isolated organisations.
Another point to highlight is that some of the lesser-known brands are simply reusing existing designs and hardware architecture provided by an original manufacturer and relabelling it as their own. For example, CWWK manufactures a large amount of the hardware solutions you may see in the market, but it just so happens that they are sold to contractors and lesser-known providers who then apply their own manufacturer’s badge.
Where this becomes a problem with support is that if you encounter an issue with your hardware, the relabelled and rebadged name that’s been applied to that CWWK product can only provide limited support and even weaker hardware repair, as they are heavily reliant on the original manufacturer and their own production lines.
In these cases, I once again heavily recommend that if you are going to purchase any Chinese NAS product, that you go to the source. And circling back to the issue of security I mentioned earlier on, you tend to find that when spyware has been found on some hardware systems, it has been due to software that was applied to the hardware after it left the original manufacturer—more often than not, applied within an .exe found autoloading in the included copy of Windows.
So once again, double-check that the brand you’re talking to is the original manufacturer before you purchase a Chinese NAS solution, and double-check that they have some kind of Western presence first. It may seem almost obvious and naïve to say this, but ultimately, a lot of these organisations operate on tremendously thin profit margins. This means that the cost of manpower and hiring sufficiently skilled people to create these Western websites and English-understood points of sale is often left by the wayside by the less scrupulous organisations, as they simply do not have a clear enough print-to-profit or long-term strategy to provide solutions they can trust in order to engage with this.
Should I Buy a NAS from China?
The short answer? Yes, I think you can. You should be as security-aware as (frankly) you should be with any NAS product—as any 24/7 data storage solution is only one vulnerability away from being compromised. But as long as you know the risks and understand that support is not going to be as “next day” as it would be if you purchased a local product, I do genuinely think that you are okay to buy a Chinese NAS solution from the more well-known and reputable brands in the market. If the brand doesn’t have much of an online presence outside of China—even doesn’t really have much of its own website outside of AliExpress, Amazon, or Alibaba—avoid them like the plague! Because those brands that aren’t prepared to make even the token effort to have much of an online presence outside of a retail website have certainly not got the profit margin to provide any kind of meaningful support and are more likely to cut corners. Worse still, it is those organisations that have such slim profit margins that are almost certainly going to be the ones that may be more susceptible to influence in installing exploitative or malware software components on their systems for an additional backhand payment.
Chinese NAS Brands That I Recommend
These are the brands I would personally recommend if you are considering a China-based NAS brand. These are 6 brands that I have used many of their products (NAS and others) that I have found the best experiences with, as well as, on balance,e the best online support and communication. No brand is perfect, and look hard enough and you will find good and bad on any brand, really, but these are six examples of brands that stand out from the others.
This description contains links to Amazon. These links will take you to some of the products mentioned in today's content. As an Amazon Associate, I earn from qualifying purchases. Visit the NASCompares Deal Finder to find the best place to buy this device in your region, based on Service, Support and Reputation - Just Search for your NAS Drive in the Box Below
Need Advice on Data Storage from an Expert?
Finally, for free advice about your setup, just leave a message in the comments below here at NASCompares.com and we will get back to you.Need Help?
Where possible (and where appropriate) please provide as much information about your requirements, as then I can arrange the best answer and solution to your needs. Do not worry about your e-mail address being required, it will NOT be used in a mailing list and will NOT be used in any way other than to respond to your enquiry.
[contact-form-7]
TRY CHAT Terms and Conditions
If you like this service, please consider supporting us.
We use affiliate links on the blog allowing NAScompares information and advice service to be free of charge to you.Anything you purchase on the day you click on our links will generate a small commission which isused to run the website. Here is a link for Amazon and B&H.You can also get me a Ko-fi or old school Paypal. Thanks!To find out more about how to support this advice service checkHEREIf you need to fix or configure a NAS, check FiverHave you thought about helping others with your knowledge? Find Instructions Here
Or support us by using our affiliate links on Amazon UK and Amazon US
Alternatively, why not ask me on the ASK NASCompares forum, by clicking the button below. This is a community hub that serves as a place that I can answer your question, chew the fat, share new release information and even get corrections posted. I will always get around to answering ALL queries, but as a one-man operation, I cannot promise speed! So by sharing your query in the ASK NASCompares section below, you can get a better range of solutions and suggestions, alongside my own.
Synology Hard Drives and SSD Comparison with Seagate/WD/Toshiba and More – Deal Breaker?
In recent years, Synology has steadily moved toward a more vertically integrated hardware ecosystem, and the arrival of the 2025 generation of NAS systems marks a significant escalation in that approach. With a much stricter verification process for compatible storage media—covering both hard drives and SSDs—Synology now appears to heavily prioritize its own branded storage. This shift has sparked widespread debate across the NAS community, particularly as many long-time users of Seagate IronWolf, WD Red, and Toshiba NAS drives find themselves increasingly locked out of certain key features like RAID expansion, hot spare assignment, and recovery operations unless using “verified” drives. What’s more, while some of Synology’s media are rebranded and firmware-modified versions of familiar drives from Seagate and Toshiba, the pricing and compatibility limitations often leave users puzzled—and frustrated.
Want to Support What We Do?Use the Links Below to Buy your NAS and/or HDD and SSD Media. Clicking these links will result in a small commission for anything you purchase, heading to me and Eddie @NASCompares and allows us to keep doing this! It’s just us two here and between this and ads, it’s the most passive way to keep us sailing! Thanks
In response to growing user concern, we conducted a comparison of Synology’s drive lineup against the current offerings from Seagate, WD, and Kingston—analyzing each in terms of price per terabyte, real-world performance, durability specifications, and availability. Drawing from direct benchmarking, manufacturer datasheets, and controlled NAS testing environments, this article aims to answer a key question: is Synology’s branded media actually worth the premium? While some users may welcome the simplicity of a one-brand ecosystem, others are understandably wary of higher costs, limited SKU availability, and the potential long-term implications of vendor lock-in. Let’s break down what Synology drives really offer—and where they fall short—compared to the tried and tested alternatives on the market.
Synology Hard Drives and SSDs – What Drives Are There to Buy?
Synology’s storage media catalog is divided across value, prosumer, enterprise SATA, and SAS hard drives, alongside both SATA and NVMe SSDs. While these drives carry the Synology name and firmware, they are not designed or manufactured in-house. Instead, Synology rebrands OEM hardware from established vendors: Toshiba for the enterprise SATA and SAS drives, Seagate for the value-tier NAS HDDs, and Phison-based platforms for SSDs. The internal firmware is customized by Synology to integrate tightly with DSM, and in some cases, to restrict compatibility to only their branded drives within the latest 2025 NAS systems.
The naming scheme makes it easier to distinguish between drive classes:
HAT for SATA NAS hard drives
HAS for SAS enterprise drives
SAT for SATA SSDs
SNV for NVMe SSDs
This segmentation aims to help users align their hardware with expected durability (e.g. workload in TB/year), power loss protection, and RAID integration. However, it’s worth noting that several of these drives are virtually identical to third-party counterparts—particularly in the HAT3300 and HAT3310 lines, which closely mirror Seagate IronWolf models down to mechanical structure and spec. Despite this, third-party versions of those drives remain incompatible with key RAID features on the latest Synology systems unless they are officially “verified.”
Synology NAS HDDs – HAT Series (SATA)
Model
Capacity
Price (USD)
$/TB
HAT3300
2TB
$84.99
$42.50
4TB
$99.99
$25.00
6TB
$149.99
$25.00
HAT3310
8TB
$199.99
$25.00
12TB
$269.99
$22.50
12TB (2-Pack)
$539.98
$22.50
16TB
$299.99
$18.75
HAT5300 (Enterprise, Toshiba)
12TB
$449.99
$37.50
16TB
$579.99
$36.25
HAT5310
8TB
$299.99
$37.50
20TB
$719.99
$36.00
Synology SAS HDDs – HAS Series
Model
Capacity
Price (USD)
$/TB
HAS5300
8TB
$299.99
$37.50
12TB
$459.99
$38.33
16TB
$699.99
$43.75
HAS5310
20TB
$829.99
$41.50
Synology SATA SSDs – SAT Series
Model
Capacity
Price (USD)
$/TB
SAT5210
7TB
$1,859.99
$265.71
SAT5221
480GB
$169.99
$354.15
960GB
$299.99
$312.49
1.92TB
$529.99
$276.04
3.84TB
$979.99
$255.20
Synology NVMe SSDs – SNV Series
Model
Capacity
Price (USD)
$/TB
SNV3410
400GB
$139.99
$349.98
800GB
$269.99
$337.49
SNV3510
400GB
$174.99
$437.48
800GB
$299.99
$374.99
While Synology’s branding suggests ecosystem cohesion, it’s essential to recognize that their drive firmware is not engineered for general-purpose systems. These drives are optimized—and in some cases restricted—for Synology NAS environments. However, performance benchmarks show that Synology drives often perform equivalently or slightly below their third-party counterparts in synthetic and real-world tests. Moreover, price comparisons reveal a 5–15% markup on average in the value tier, and significantly higher deltas—often exceeding 30–40%—in the enterprise-class and SSD segments. Combined with regional supply inconsistencies and limited SKU availability, the value proposition of Synology-branded drives remains hotly debated, especially when identical hardware from Seagate or Toshiba can be purchased for less—if only the 2025 NAS series would support them natively.
Synology Hard Drives and SSDs vs Seagate, WD, etc – Price per TB and Value
When it comes to entry-level NAS hard drives, the price differences between Synology’s HAT3300 and HAT3310 series and their third-party equivalents—such as Seagate IronWolf and WD Red Plus—are generally modest. In most cases, the cost per terabyte (TB) stays within a 0% to 15% margin, with Synology’s versions sitting slightly higher. For casual or home users who just want a drive that “just works” out of the box and benefits from firmware-level integration with DSM, that small premium might feel justifiable.
But the story changes dramatically as we move into prosumer and enterprise territory. Drives like the Synology HAT5300 and HAS5300 series can cost 40%–50% more than Seagate IronWolf Pro, WD Red Pro, or Seagate Exos alternatives—despite sharing the same mechanical internals in many cases. These aren’t just marginal differences; when you’re building a multi-drive RAID array with 12TB or 16TB drives, that pricing gap quickly snowballs into hundreds or even thousands of dollars extra. And this is particularly frustrating when, for example, Synology’s 12TB HAT5300 (built on Toshiba hardware) costs nearly double what a comparable IronWolf Pro sells for, despite similar endurance ratings and warranty terms.
Entry-Level NAS HDDs – Synology vs Seagate & WD
Synology Model
Capacity
Synology Price
Synology $/TB
3rd Party Equivalent
3rd Party Price
$/TB
% Difference
HAT3300
2TB
$84.99
$42.50
WD Red Plus 2TB
$79.99
$40.00
-5.9%
HAT3300
4TB
$99.99
$25.00
Seagate IronWolf 4TB
$84.99
$21.25
-15.0%
HAT3300
4TB
$99.99
$25.00
WD Red Plus 4TB
$99.99
$25.00
0.0%
HAT3300
6TB
$149.99
$25.00
Seagate IronWolf 6TB
$139.99
$23.33
-6.7%
HAT3310
8TB
$199.99
$25.00
WD Red Plus 8TB
$179.99
$22.50
-10.0%
HAT3310
12TB
$269.99
$22.50
Seagate IronWolf 12TB
$239.99
$20.00
-11.1%
Prosumer NAS HDDs – Synology vs Seagate & WD
Synology Model
Capacity
Synology Price
Synology $/TB
3rd Party Equivalent
3rd Party Price
$/TB
% Difference
HAT5300
12TB
$449.99
$37.50
IronWolf Pro 12TB
$249.99
$20.83
-44.4%
HAT5300
16TB
$579.99
$36.25
WD Red Pro 16TB
$349.99
$21.87
-39.7%
HAT5310
20TB
$719.99
$36.00
Seagate IronWolf Pro 20TB
$399.99
$20.00
-44.4%
Enterprise SAS HDDs – Synology vs Seagate Exos
Synology Model
Capacity
Synology Price
Synology $/TB
3rd Party Equivalent
3rd Party Price
$/TB
% Difference
HAS5300
8TB
$299.99
$37.50
Seagate Exos 7E10
$259.99
$32.50
-13.3%
HAS5300
16TB
$699.99
$43.75
Seagate Exos X18
$369.99
$23.12
-47.1%
HAS5310
20TB
$829.99
$41.50
Exos X20
$499.99
$25.00
-39.8%
Enterprise SATA SSDs – Synology vs Kingston
Synology Model
Capacity
Synology Price
Synology $/TB
3rd Party Equivalent
3rd Party Price
$/TB
% Difference
SAT5221
480GB
$169.99
$354.15
Kingston DC600M
$102.99
$214.56
-39.4%
SAT5221
3.84TB
$979.99
$255.21
Kingston DC600M
$522.99
$136.20
-46.6%
SAT5210
7TB
$1859.99
$265.71
Kingston DC600M (7.68TB)
$955.99
$124.48
-48.6%
NVMe SSDs – Synology vs WD Red SN700
Synology Model
Capacity
Synology Price
Synology $/TB
3rd Party Equivalent
3rd Party Price
$/TB
% Difference
SNV3410
800GB
$269.99
$337.49
WD Red SN700 1TB
$139.99
$139.99
-48.1%
SNV3510
800GB
$299.99
$374.99
WD Red SN700 1TB
$139.99
$139.99
-53.3%
In short, while Synology’s drives are built on reputable platforms and do offer advantages like verified DSM integration and predictable firmware behavior, the value proposition becomes questionable—especially in higher capacities and enterprise deployments. For many users, especially SMBs and home power users deploying multi-drive setups, that extra 40–50% markup can be hard to justify. When the mechanical hardware is near-identical and the only major differentiator is firmware control, it’s no wonder many are pushing back against this pricing structure.)
SYNOLOGY DSM Storage Manager Benchmarks (1st and 3rd Party Drive Media)
Zoom in to see the results. IMPORTANT that you keep in mind that these SSDs and HDDs are different capacities and therefore direct comparison and correlation between their performance is not fair – I include these because I think it is important to compare the general gist of using Synology HDD media in a system and then alternatives, but measured with Synology’s in-system tools. Larger capacities mostly tend to yeald better results in any brand of drive (not a ‘do-or-die’ rule, but generally true).
SYNOLOGY HAT3300 HDD
Seagate Ironwolf HDD
SYNOLOGY HAT5300 HDD
Seagate EXOS HDD
SYNOLOGY SAT5200 SSD
Kingston DC600 SATA SSD
SYNOLOGY M.2 NVMe SSD
TeamGroup T-Create Gen3 M.2 SSD
Synology Hard Drives and SSDs vs Seagate, WD, etc – Performance
IMPORTANT – In the process of upscaling the test result images (as there is a lot crammed in, so I have included the slightly blurred ones here) but I and will replace these with upscaled versions as soon as possible.
When it comes to performance, Synology’s hard drives and SSDs generally stay within expected ranges for their class—but with some caveats. Most of their HDDs mirror the performance of the OEM drives they’re based on, particularly in the HAT3300 and HAT3310 lines, which perform nearly identically to WD Red Plus and Seagate IronWolf models. You’re looking at familiar specs here: 5400–7200 RPM spin speeds, ~200–280MB/s sequential transfer rates, and ~180TB/yr workload ratings. That’s no surprise, considering these are essentially Seagate or Toshiba drives with Synology firmware and branding. Where things start to scale up, like in the HAT5300 and HAS5300 series, the specs remain on par with their higher-end third-party equivalents. These drives offer 550TB/year workloads, 7200 RPM motors, and MTBF figures around 2.5 million hours—just like IronWolf Pro, WD Red Pro, or Seagate Exos. But Synology currently tops out at 20TB in both SATA and SAS drives, while the competition is already pushing 22TB, 24TB, and even 26TB models. So, if you’re planning a high-capacity build, Synology might already be limiting your options on sheer scale alone.
NAS HDDs – Capacity, Performance, Endurance & Class Comparison
Model
Capacity Range
Max Transfer Rate
Spindle Speed
Workload
MTBF
Class
Synology HAT3300
2–6TB
202 MB/s
5400/7200 RPM
180 TB/yr
1M hrs
Entry NAS
WD Red Plus
2–14TB
260 MB/s
5400/7200 RPM
180 TB/yr
1M hrs
Entry NAS
Seagate IronWolf
2–12TB
210 MB/s
5400/7200 RPM
180 TB/yr
1M hrs
Entry NAS
Synology HAT3310
8–16TB
281 MB/s
7200 RPM
180 TB/yr
1M hrs
Entry NAS
Synology HAT5300
4–20TB
281 MB/s
7200 RPM
550 TB/yr
2.5M hrs
Prosumer
IronWolf Pro
2–24TB
285 MB/s
7200 RPM
550 TB/yr
2.5M hrs
Prosumer
WD Red Pro
2–26TB
287 MB/s
7200 RPM
550 TB/yr
2.5M hrs
Prosumer
Synology HAS5300
8–20TB
281 MB/s
7200 RPM
550 TB/yr
2.5M hrs
Enterprise SAS
Seagate Exos
12–24TB
285 MB/s
7200 RPM
550 TB/yr
2.5M hrs
Enterprise SAS
Performance parity continues with Synology’s SATA SSDs. The SAT5221 and SAT5210 series are very close in spec to Kingston’s DC600M drives, offering similar read/write speeds, IOPS performance, and endurance levels. The SAT5210 even pushes into ultra-DWPD territory, boasting up to 10,000 TBW and higher daily write thresholds, which is competitive in the enterprise space. If you need high write endurance and steady power loss protection, these drives tick the right boxes.
The gap, however, opens up in the NVMe tier. Synology’s SNV3400 and SNV3500 drives fall short compared to third-party NVMe SSDs like the WD Red SN700. While Synology focuses on endurance, PLP (power loss protection), and integration with DSM caching features, the performance ceiling on these drives is noticeably lower—both in terms of sequential throughput and IOPS. Capacities also top out at 800GB, while others offer 1TB and beyond with faster read/write performance. So if you’re after speed or larger NVMe caching pools, Synology’s current options may feel behind the curve.
SATA & NVMe SSDs – Synology vs Kingston
Model
Interface
Capacity Range
Max R/W (MB/s)
IOPS (R/W)
Endurance (TBW)
Class
SAT5221
SATA 6Gb/s
480GB–3.84TB
500 / 500
90K / 30K
900–7,000
Enterprise
SAT5210
SATA 6Gb/s
7TB
530 / 500
97K / 50K
10,000
Enterprise (Ultra DWPD)
Kingston DC600M
SATA 6Gb/s
480GB–7.68TB
560 / 530
94K / 34–78K
876–14,016
Enterprise
SNV3400
NVMe PCIe 3.0
400–800GB
3,000 / 3,100
225K–400K / 45K–70K
491–1,022
Entry NVMe Cache
SNV3500
NVMe PCIe 3.0
400–800GB
3,000 / 3,100
225K–400K / 45K–70K
491–1,022
Entry NVMe + PLP
In short, Synology’s drives generally deliver solid, reliable performance that matches their third-party foundations—but the benefits of full DSM compatibility come with a trade-off. While the SATA range holds its ground, the NVMe lineup is due for an update if Synology wants to stay competitive against higher-capacity, higher-speed SSDs now widely available elsewhere. If performance is your main concern, particularly for NVMe caching or flash-heavy tasks, third-party options may be a better fit unless full integration is a must-have.
Synology Hard Drives and SSDs Guide – The Good and the Bad
In reviewing Synology’s lineup of hard drives and SSDs, it’s clear that the hardware itself is solid—built on trusted OEM foundations and tuned to work seamlessly within DSM environments. From a compatibility and reliability standpoint, these drives do offer advantages, particularly for users who want an integrated, no-hassle deployment. That said, these benefits come with notable trade-offs. In many cases, Synology’s drives are mechanically identical to models from Seagate, Toshiba, or Phison, yet priced significantly higher—especially in the enterprise and NVMe tiers. While some of that premium may be justified by firmware-level integration, PLP, or simplified support paths, the cost disparity is hard to ignore for experienced users already comfortable with third-party hardware.
Ultimately, the decision to adopt Synology-branded drives will depend on your priorities. If you’re building a system where out-of-the-box compatibility, long-term support, and unified ecosystem control are paramount, Synology’s media may be a safe bet—albeit at a higher packaged price. But if your focus is on maximizing performance per dollar, scaling capacity, or customizing your setup beyond Synology’s verified list, third-party alternatives remain the more flexible and cost-effective choice. Until Synology expands their verified media list and adjusts regional pricing or availability, many users will continue to see these drives not as a value-add, but as an imposed requirement.
Want to Support What We Do?Use the Links Below to Buy your NAS and/or HDD and SSD Media. Clicking these links will result in a small commission for anything you purchase, heading to me and Eddie @NASCompares and allows us to keep doing this! It’s just us two here and between this and ads, it’s the most passive way to keep us sailing! Thanks
This description contains links to Amazon. These links will take you to some of the products mentioned in today's content. As an Amazon Associate, I earn from qualifying purchases. Visit the NASCompares Deal Finder to find the best place to buy this device in your region, based on Service, Support and Reputation - Just Search for your NAS Drive in the Box Below
Need Advice on Data Storage from an Expert?
Finally, for free advice about your setup, just leave a message in the comments below here at NASCompares.com and we will get back to you.Need Help?
Where possible (and where appropriate) please provide as much information about your requirements, as then I can arrange the best answer and solution to your needs. Do not worry about your e-mail address being required, it will NOT be used in a mailing list and will NOT be used in any way other than to respond to your enquiry.
[contact-form-7]
TRY CHAT Terms and Conditions
If you like this service, please consider supporting us.
We use affiliate links on the blog allowing NAScompares information and advice service to be free of charge to you.Anything you purchase on the day you click on our links will generate a small commission which isused to run the website. Here is a link for Amazon and B&H.You can also get me a Ko-fi or old school Paypal. Thanks!To find out more about how to support this advice service checkHEREIf you need to fix or configure a NAS, check FiverHave you thought about helping others with your knowledge? Find Instructions Here
Or support us by using our affiliate links on Amazon UK and Amazon US
Alternatively, why not ask me on the ASK NASCompares forum, by clicking the button below. This is a community hub that serves as a place that I can answer your question, chew the fat, share new release information and even get corrections posted. I will always get around to answering ALL queries, but as a one-man operation, I cannot promise speed! So by sharing your query in the ASK NASCompares section below, you can get a better range of solutions and suggestions, alongside my own.
The Synology DS925+ versus QNAP TS-464 – Buy NEW or Buy QNAP?
Every so often in the NAS market, a new model arrives that challenges not just its predecessors but also its closest competitors. With the 2025 release of the Synology DS925+, buyers now face an interesting dilemma: go with Synology’s latest compact powerhouse, or choose QNAP’s TS-464—a device that has already proven itself since its release in 2022/2023 and offers a wide array of features at a competitive price. The DS925+ brings notable upgrades to CPU architecture, system memory scalability, and integration within Synology’s tightly controlled ecosystem. Meanwhile, the TS-464 has spent years benefiting from firmware maturity, PCIe expandability, and a more open hardware approach that appeals to power users and tinkerers alike. But which device is ultimately the better buy in 2025? Should you embrace Synology’s ecosystem with its newer, high-performance release, or does QNAP’s more versatile and budget-friendly offering still hold strong in the face of newer competition? Let’s dive into the details to help you decide which NAS deserves your next investment.
Synology DS925+ vs QNAP TS-464 – Hardware Specifications
When placing the 2025 Synology DS925+ alongside the 2022/2023 QNAP TS-464, one might expect the newer model to clearly dominate in every area. But hardware comparisons in the NAS market are rarely so simple. While both units are aimed at tech-savvy home users and small businesses looking for reliable, always-on storage solutions, their approaches to hardware—and the user needs they prioritize—are noticeably different. The DS925+ emphasizes streamlined performance, reduced noise, and integration within Synology’s tightly managed ecosystem. The QNAP TS-464, meanwhile, leans into raw hardware flexibility, DIY expandability, and a more open feature set for power users. Below is a detailed hardware breakdown of both NAS devices, showing where each shines and where compromises were made.
Category
Synology DS925+
QNAP TS-464
Advantage / Notes
CPU Model
AMD Ryzen V1500B
Intel Celeron N5105
Different architectures; depends on workload
CPU Cores / Threads
4 Cores / 8 Threads
4 Cores / 4 Threads
DS925+ has more threads
CPU Frequency
2.2 GHz
2.0 GHz (base) / 2.9 GHz (turbo)
TS-464 has higher clock speeds
Architecture
64-bit
64-bit
–
Hardware Encryption Engine
Yes
Yes
–
Memory (Pre-installed)
4 GB DDR4 ECC SODIMM
4 GB DDR4 non-ECC SODIMM
DS925+ uses ECC memory
Total Memory Slots
2
2
–
Max Memory Capacity
32 GB (2x 16 GB ECC)
16 GB officially, 32 GB unofficially
DS925+ officially supports more RAM
Drive Bays
4
4
–
Max Drive Bays (with Expansion)
9 (DX525)
Up to 8/12/16 (TL-D800S or TL-D1600S)
TS-464 supports more total drives
M.2 Drive Slots
2 x NVMe (cache only, unless you use Synology SSDs)
2 x NVMe (cache or storage)
TS-464 offers more flexibility
Supported Drive Types
Synology-only verified HDD/SSD
Full third-party drive compatibility
TS-464 supports Seagate, WD, Toshiba, Kingston, Samsung, etc.
Hot Swappable Drives
Yes (SATA only)
Yes (SATA only)
–
LAN Ports
2 x 2.5GbE
2 x 2.5GbE
–
USB Ports
2 x USB 3.2 Gen 1
2 x USB 3.2 Gen 2 Type-A
TS-464 has faster and more versatile ports
Expansion Port Type
USB Type-C (for DX525 only)
USB Type-C / USB-A (for TL & TR series)
TS-464 supports more expansion chassis
PCIe Slot
None
1 x PCIe Gen3 x2
TS-464 allows 10GbE or AI/GPU card upgrades
Dimensions (HxWxD)
166 x 199 x 223 mm
168 x 170 x 226 mm
Virtually the same size
Weight
2.26 kg
2.18 kg
TS-464 is slightly lighter
System Fans
2 x 92mm
1 x 120mm
DS925+ may offer better airflow; TS-464 is quieter
Fan Modes
Full-Speed, Cool, Quiet
Smart Fan Control
Comparable flexibility
LED Brightness Control
Yes
Yes
–
Power Recovery
Yes
Yes
–
Noise Level (Idle)
20.5 dB(A)
18.6 dB(A)
TS-464 is quieter
Power Supply
100W External Adapter
90W External Adapter
TS-464 is more power efficient
Power Consumption (Access / Hibernate)
37.91W / 12.33W
26.08W / 9.48W
TS-464 uses less power
BTU (Access / Hibernate)
129.27 / 42.05
89.03 / 32.38
TS-464 generates less heat
Operating Temp
0°C to 40°C
0°C to 40°C
–
Storage Temp
-20°C to 60°C
-20°C to 70°C
TS-464 is rated for slightly higher extremes
Humidity
5% to 95% RH
5% to 95% RH
–
Warranty
3 years (extendable to 5)
3 years (extendable with license or bundle)
–
The DS925+ delivers a refined hardware experience out of the box, with its newer AMD Embedded Ryzen V1500B 4 Core/ 8 thread processor, dual 2.5GbE ports for faster LAN connectivity, and modern I/O including USB-C. It features two M.2 NVMe slots (for cache only, unless you use the Synology SNV3400 drives from Synology), dual memory slots supporting up to 32GB of ECC DDR4 RAM, and a compact metal chassis designed for quiet, efficient operation. It also runs cooler and quieter than many of its rivals, making it an ideal fit for environments where noise levels matter—such as living rooms, home studios, or small offices. This makes the DS925+ a “plug-and-play” NAS with premium internal components and minimal need for user intervention.
By contrast, the QNAP TS-464 takes a more modular, expandable approach. Powered by the Intel Celeron N5105/N5095 CPU (a quad-core processor with integrated graphics, but only 4 threads), it offers HDMI 2.0 output, two M.2 PCIe Gen3 x1 slots (which can be used for either caching or storage pools), and a PCIe Gen3 x2 slot for optional 10GbE or more M.2s, USB expansion, or even GPU cards. QNAP also includes dual 2.5GbE ports, putting it on par with the DS925+ in terms of network speed, but it edges ahead in overall hardware adaptability. Want multimedia output via HDMI? QNAP has it. Want to add NVMe storage pools or real-time transcoding? QNAP supports that too. That said, the TS-464 is based on a slightly older CPU architecture, lacks ECC memory support, and typically generates more fan noise under load. Additionally, its OS and ecosystem are broader in scope but often require more manual setup. Ultimately, the DS925+ is purpose-built for those who prioritize a quiet, polished, and simplified experience with modern performance. The TS-464, on the other hand, remains an excellent choice for users who prefer control, multimedia support, and greater hardware flexibility. Choosing between them largely depends on whether you value Synology’s stability and turnkey design, or QNAP’s freedom and potential.
AMD V1500B vs Intel N5105 – CPU Specifications (Synology DS925+ vs QNAP TS-464)
In any NAS system, the processor plays a pivotal role in determining the scope of functionality—whether it’s managing multiple concurrent users, running virtual machines, powering AI-driven applications, or simply handling encrypted transfers and background tasks efficiently. The Synology DS925+ and the QNAP TS-464 take noticeably different approaches in this regard. The DS925+ features the AMD Ryzen Embedded V1500B, a server-grade SoC designed for sustained multi-threaded workloads. The TS-464, on the other hand, runs on the Intel Celeron N5105, a more consumer-oriented chip that prioritizes integrated multimedia support and power efficiency. While both CPUs are quad-core, their architecture, instruction set, and target use cases diverge sharply—affecting not only raw processing, but also the capabilities unlocked within DSM and QTS/QuTS, respectively.
Category
AMD Ryzen V1500B
Intel Celeron N5105
Advantage / Notes
Architecture
Zen (1st Gen)
Tremont (10nm)
N5105 uses newer fabrication process
Core / Thread Count
4 Cores / 8 Threads
4 Cores / 4 Threads
V1500B has SMT (hyperthreading) support
Base Clock Speed
2.2 GHz
2.0 GHz
V1500B slightly faster base
Boost Clock Speed
N/A (fixed clock)
Up to 2.9 GHz
N5105 has dynamic boost for single-thread performance
TDP (Thermal Design Power)
16W
10W
N5105 is more power efficient
L2 Cache
2 MB
1.5 MB
V1500B has more L2 cache
L3 Cache
4 MB
4 MB
Same
Integrated Graphics
None
Intel UHD Graphics (24 EUs @ 800 MHz)
N5105 supports HDMI, video decoding, and light GPU tasks
PCIe Version
PCIe 3.0
PCIe 3.0
–
Max Memory Supported
32 GB ECC DDR4
16 GB officially (32 GB unofficially)
V1500B supports higher, ECC-capable memory
Memory Type
DDR4 ECC
DDR4 / LPDDR4x (non-ECC)
V1500B supports ECC, better for critical NAS use
Virtualization Support
Yes (AMD-V)
Yes (VT-x, VT-d)
Both CPUs support virtualization features
AES-NI (Encryption)
Yes
Yes
Both support hardware encryption
Target Use Case
Embedded systems / Business NAS
Low-power desktops / SMB NAS / IoT
V1500B is more server/NAS-specific
Release Year
2020
2021
N5105 is newer
In terms of raw specs, the V1500B offers 4 cores and 8 threads with a base clock of 2.2GHz and support for ECC memory—a key advantage for mission-critical environments. This CPU is built for multitasking and thrives in scenarios involving virtual machines, container services, and intensive file indexing or backup operations. As a result, the DS925+ supports up to 8 concurrent virtual machines, 8 virtual DSM instances, and higher thresholds for connected users across Synology apps. It is better suited to offices or power users who rely on services like Synology Office, Drive, or Surveillance Station running in tandem. The system handles up to 150 Synology Chat users, 80 Office users, and 80 Drive users, offering excellent multitasking performance with low overhead.
The QNAP TS-464’s Intel N5105 is a 10nm Jasper Lake processor, also quad-core but without hyper-threading and with a slightly lower base clock (2.0GHz). However, it includes integrated Intel UHD Graphics, giving it one key advantage the DS925+ lacks: hardware-accelerated video transcoding via QNAP’s own QuMagie, Video Station, and especially Plex Media Server with support for on-the-fly 1080p and 4K decoding when paired with proper client-side licensing. This makes the TS-464 ideal for multimedia-heavy environments. Beyond media, the N5105 powers QTS and QuTS hero with access to QNAP’s broader and often more modular ecosystem. This includes Hybrid Backup Sync (HBS 3) for unified backup and disaster recovery, QuDedup for deduplicated snapshot replication, QVR Elite and QVR Pro for professional-grade surveillance (supporting multiple IP camera licenses natively), and AI Core features like face recognition and event detection when paired with the QuMagie or QVR Human apps. The TS-464 also supports Virtualization Station, enabling users to run lightweight Linux or Windows VMs with direct passthrough access to USB or PCIe devices, and Container Station, which offers both Docker and LXC container compatibility with GPU passthrough for NPU-based AI inference workloads. Thanks to the included PCIe Gen 3 x2 slot, the system supports optional upgrades like 10GbE NICs, QM2 expansion cards (for M.2 SSD or additional 2.5GbE/10GbE ports), or even Wi-Fi 6 cards, something entirely absent in the DS925+. Additionally, QNAP allows direct output to an external display via HDMI 2.0, enabling standalone use of HD Station apps like Chrome, LibreOffice, Kodi, and even Linux desktop environments — a feature highly prized in HTPC and security NVR deployments. Users can leverage Linux Station to run full Ubuntu VMs locally, or install Ubuntu Core through the App Center for custom development or edge AI inference scenarios.
Taken together, the TS-464 may not support the same high virtual machine/user count as the DS925+, but it compensates with a broader set of integrated appliances catering to power users, home labs, edge AI, and media-heavy deployments. It’s a more “tinker-friendly” platform, favoring flexibility and breadth over centralized system control and vertical integration. If you need an appliance that works across entertainment, security, and hybrid cloud workflows, with room for add-on functionality via hardware or apps, the TS-464 is hard to beat for the price. That said, the Synology DS925+ ultimately offers greater headroom for enterprise workflows, heavier VM usage, and large-scale hybrid deployments. It sacrifices media transcoding and graphical acceleration, but gains a server-class CPU that ensures consistent performance under heavier load conditions. Meanwhile, the TS-464 excels in edge-case versatility, offering more multimedia flexibility and richer expansion potential via PCIe. If your priorities lie in business-class performance, ECC memory support, and robust multi-user capacity, the DS925+ is the clear winner. But for media streaming, home lab tinkering, and a wider hardware feature set, the TS-464 remains a very compelling alternative.
Synology DS925+ vs QNAP TS-464 – Software Specifications
When it comes to NAS platforms, hardware is only half the story—what truly determines a system’s long-term value is the strength, maturity, and flexibility of its software. Synology’s DSM (DiskStation Manager) and QNAP’s QTS/QuTS Hero are two of the most advanced NAS operating systems available today, offering extensive suites of services for backup, virtualization, hybrid cloud, media streaming, and AI-assisted surveillance. But while both OS platforms cover similar ground, their design philosophies, application depth, and supported workloads differ substantially. The Synology DS925+ and QNAP TS-464, though comparable in price and both aimed at prosumers and SMBs, unlock very different software experiences depending on the deployment goals—be it centralized IT infrastructure, media-rich home labs, or container-based edge computing.
With the DS925+, Synology leans into its strength in unified management and vertical integration. DSM 7.2 is optimized for reliability, simplicity, and scalability within Synology’s ecosystem. The DS925+ supports up to 8 virtual machines and 8 Virtual DSM instances through Virtual Machine Manager, offers extensive group and user quotas, and enables full integration with Synology’s cloud services (such as Synology C2 Backup, C2 Identity, and Hybrid Share). Its higher hardware ceiling allows for more active users: 150 on Synology Chat, 80 on Synology Drive and Office, and up to 8 simultaneous VPN connections. Backup capabilities are similarly robust, with a higher threshold of shared folder sync tasks and superior support for incremental snapshot replication. Surveillance Station on the DS925+ supports up to 40 IP cameras and benefits from reduced CPU overhead during continuous recording, even while handling concurrent backup or media indexing operations. DSM’s elegant UI, consistent updates, and tightly integrated packages make it ideal for organizations that value centralized IT administration and long-term platform stability.
On the other hand, the QNAP TS-464 running QTS 5 or QuTS Hero offers a more open and modular software ecosystem. While the Intel N5105 CPU imposes lower multitasking ceilings than the V1500B, QNAP compensates with a broader set of feature-specific applications and customization paths. The TS-464 supports virtualization through Virtualization Station (for VMs) and Container Station (for Docker + LXC), and unlike the DS925+, can output video directly via HDMI 2.0—allowing the NAS to act as a standalone Linux desktop, NVR, or HTPC via HybridDesk Station. QNAP also differentiates itself with Hybrid Backup Sync (HBS3), which enables multi-destination sync, deduplicated backup via QuDedup, and real-time disaster recovery tools not found in DSM. QVR Pro and QVR Elite offer an expansive surveillance suite with optional AI-powered analytics (e.g., face recognition, people counting) when paired with compatible QNAP AI apps. The inclusion of ZFS with QuTS Hero (an optional OS for the TS-464) enables inline compression, self-healing file systems, and block-level snapshots, which can be critical for data integrity in business scenarios.
QNAP also encourages expansion through its App Center, which includes over 150+ native and third-party apps, from Node.js and GitLab to Home Assistant, Ubuntu Station, and even Mattermost for self-hosted chat. While the system supports fewer concurrent users and VMs than the DS925+, its strength lies in feature breadth and system-level flexibility. Add-ons like 10GbE NICs, QM2 SSD accelerators, or Wi-Fi 6 cards via PCIe further extend its versatility, especially for hybrid edge workloads or multi-role deployments that evolve over time. In short, the Synology DS925+ is designed for administrative simplicity and long-term scaling, excelling in consistent performance across multi-user deployments with deep DSM integration. The QNAP TS-464, meanwhile, is a powerful sandbox for customization, offering greater freedom, multimedia functionality, and third-party integration—at the cost of some operational polish and software limits. Choosing between them depends on whether your priorities lie in predictable enterprise-grade execution or a more adaptable, feature-dense platform.
Synology DS925+ vs QNAP TS-464 – Hard Drive and SSD Compatibility
In 2025, Synology has taken its most aggressive step yet toward locking down hardware compatibility, and nowhere is this more evident than in the DS925+. Following years of gradual restrictions—starting with warnings for unverified drives and progressing to default white-listing only Synology-branded media—the DS925+ now represents a firm line in the sand. At the time of writing, this system will not allow DSM initialization if it detects hard drives or SSDs that are not officially listed on Synology’s compatibility list. This list includes exclusively Synology HAT5300/HAT3310 HDDs and SAT5200 SSDs, with no third-party Seagate, WD, Toshiba, Samsung, or Kingston media currently supported. Regardless of drive quality or performance, unsupported models will be outright blocked during system setup. While Synology claims this guarantees optimal reliability and performance within DSM 7.2, the move drastically reduces flexibility for users and integrators alike.
In stark contrast, the QNAP TS-464 embraces an open compatibility philosophy. It supports virtually all major consumer and enterprise drives—from Seagate IronWolf and Exos, to WD Red, Red Plus, and Ultrastar, as well as Toshiba N300/X300 and Samsung/Kingston SSDs—up to 24TB per drive (or higher as of late 2025). QNAP also maintains a regularly updated compatibility list, but crucially, this list is advisory rather than mandatory. Users can install any 3.5″ or 2.5″ SATA HDD/SSD, and as long as it meets the physical and electrical standards, the TS-464 will initialize without issue. This means integrators, home users, or small businesses can reuse existing drives or select from the most cost-effective options in their region—something that’s increasingly difficult to do on newer Synology units. Moreover, QNAP allows mixing and matching of drive brands and capacities within the same storage pool (especially under QuTS hero’s ZFS environment), giving users granular control over redundancy, performance tuning, and cache layering with non-proprietary M.2 NVMe SSDs. This openness also applies to QNAP expansion units, many of which continue to work even with completely mixed-brand storage configurations—something Synology’s newer expansion policies have started to restrict.
For users in regions where Synology-branded media is expensive, hard to find, or simply not justified for non-critical applications, this policy shift on the DS925+ can be a deal-breaker. It positions the system closer to an appliance model, where Synology controls not only the hardware and software, but the storage medium itself. While that vertical integration may improve long-term reliability for some enterprise users, it’s difficult to reconcile with the broader DIY NAS community that values choice and modularity. Ultimately, this creates a philosophical divide: QNAP remains open, modular, and adaptable, trusting users to make informed decisions about their storage media. Synology, in contrast, is consolidating control, with the DS925+ exemplifying a move toward a closed ecosystem—potentially alienating users who previously praised DSM for its balance of simplicity and flexibility. Prospective buyers need to weigh not just performance and features, but how tightly they want to be tied to a single vendor’s hardware roadmap.
Synology DS925+ vs QNAP TS-464 NAS – Which Should You Buy?
The Synology DS925+ is a 2025 refresh designed with clear intent: push performance, tighten control, and streamline the out-of-box experience. In contrast, the QNAP TS-464—released in late 2022—is a Swiss Army knife of NAS flexibility, packed with customization options, open compatibility, and enough horsepower to meet the needs of both power users and small business deployments. Choosing between them ultimately comes down to what kind of NAS experience you’re after: a controlled, polished, and tightly integrated environment, or an open, adaptable, and hardware-friendly platform. On raw performance, the DS925+ has the edge. Its quad-core, 8-thread AMD V1500B CPU delivers higher throughput for multitasking, virtual machines, and heavier concurrent services, and DSM’s user/service thresholds are notably higher as a result. Add in dual 2.5GbE ports by default, and it’s clearly a step ahead of the DS923+ predecessor 1GbE-only base configuration, and you are looking at a healthy upgrade in several ways in this refresh. However, QNAP claws back ground with its PCIe Gen3 x2 slot, allowing 10GbE upgrades, Wi-Fi cards, and even GPU acceleration in select use cases—something Synology removed entirely from the DS925+. In QNAP’s favor is also its support for real-time hardware transcoding, HDMI 2.0 video output, and direct-attached monitor access—making it a better fit for media-centric environments where local playback, Plex, or Kodi usage matters.
Synology DS925+ NAS
QNAP TS-464 NAS
Check Amazon in Your Region for the Synology DS925+ NAS
Check B&H for the Synology DS925+ NAS
Check Amazon in Your Region for the QNAP TS-464 NAS
Check B&H for the QNAP TS-464 NAS
But perhaps the most significant dividing line is drive compatibility. The DS925+ will only initialize DSM with Synology-validated drives—locking out nearly all third-party HDDs and SSDs unless explicitly approved. This hardline stance means limited flexibility for users wanting to build using existing drives or regional market alternatives. Meanwhile, the TS-464 supports virtually all consumer and enterprise drives, from Seagate to Toshiba to Kingston, giving users total control over their storage budget and deployment roadmap. This open-ecosystem approach extends to M.2 NVMe usage too, where QNAP allows storage pool creation, caching, and tiering with off-the-shelf modules, while Synology restricts pool creation to only their branded NVMes. If you’re an IT administrator, content creator, or SMB looking for a polished, performance-forward NAS and you’re fully on board with Synology’s ecosystem—including its branded drives—then the DS925+ offers a streamlined, high-ceiling experience with excellent multitasking potential and cleaner UI/UX polish under DSM 7.2. But if you’re someone who values flexibility, upgrade paths, media support, or simply wants to control your storage choices without vendor lock-in, the QNAP TS-464 is an incredibly compelling alternative—offering strong performance for its price, an open architecture, and a deeper toolbox under QTS/QuTS Hero.
NAS Solutions
NAS Solutions
+ Better Software (In almost every respect!)
+ Much Better Global Support Presence
+ More business desirable
+ Larger Range of solutions
– Compatibility restrictions on HDD and Upgrades More and more
– Underwhelming hardware (comparatively)
+ Better Hardware for Price
+ Wider Variety of Solutions and Hardware Profiles
+ Supports ZFS and/or EXT4 (with ZFS platform now available on latest Intel Celeron Systems)
+ Wide accessory range and compatibility
– Software can often feel inconsistent
– Hit by Security Issues if the past
Check Amazon By Clicking Below:
Check Amazon By Clicking Below:
The Synology DS925+ is the better plug-and-play NAS for prosumers and SMBs who want a high-performance, low-maintenance experience—provided they’re comfortable buying into Synology’s tightly controlled ecosystem of software and storage hardware. On the other hand, the QNAP TS-464 remains the better choice for users who value flexibility, hardware freedom, and scalability—especially if media features, drive compatibility, or future upgrades are part of the plan. Ultimately, the DS925+ is the sharper tool, but the TS-464 is the more versatile one.
This description contains links to Amazon. These links will take you to some of the products mentioned in today's content. As an Amazon Associate, I earn from qualifying purchases. Visit the NASCompares Deal Finder to find the best place to buy this device in your region, based on Service, Support and Reputation - Just Search for your NAS Drive in the Box Below
Need Advice on Data Storage from an Expert?
Finally, for free advice about your setup, just leave a message in the comments below here at NASCompares.com and we will get back to you.Need Help?
Where possible (and where appropriate) please provide as much information about your requirements, as then I can arrange the best answer and solution to your needs. Do not worry about your e-mail address being required, it will NOT be used in a mailing list and will NOT be used in any way other than to respond to your enquiry.
[contact-form-7]
TRY CHAT Terms and Conditions
If you like this service, please consider supporting us.
We use affiliate links on the blog allowing NAScompares information and advice service to be free of charge to you.Anything you purchase on the day you click on our links will generate a small commission which isused to run the website. Here is a link for Amazon and B&H.You can also get me a Ko-fi or old school Paypal. Thanks!To find out more about how to support this advice service checkHEREIf you need to fix or configure a NAS, check FiverHave you thought about helping others with your knowledge? Find Instructions Here
Or support us by using our affiliate links on Amazon UK and Amazon US
Alternatively, why not ask me on the ASK NASCompares forum, by clicking the button below. This is a community hub that serves as a place that I can answer your question, chew the fat, share new release information and even get corrections posted. I will always get around to answering ALL queries, but as a one-man operation, I cannot promise speed! So by sharing your query in the ASK NASCompares section below, you can get a better range of solutions and suggestions, alongside my own.
Aoostar WTR Max NAS vs Minisforum N5 Pro NAS Comparison
The demand for high-performance, multi-functional NAS systems has never been higher, as users increasingly expect far more than basic file storage from their hardware. Today’s workloads often include virtualization, AI-assisted operations, multi-tiered storage strategies, and high-speed, low-latency networking—demands that blur the line between a traditional NAS and a fully-fledged home server. In response to these needs, two closely matched contenders have emerged in the prosumer and power-user space: the Aoostar WTR Max and the Minisforum N5 series, which consists of both the more affordable standard N5 and the higher-spec N5 Pro. These devices, released in mid-2025, share some common DNA—both are bare-metal NAS platforms that let you install your own operating system and tailor your setup to your specific use case—but they diverge significantly in how they balance compute power, storage density, connectivity options, noise and power efficiency, and overall value.
Check Amazon for the WTR Pro MAX
Check AliExpress for the WTR Pro MAX
Check Amazon for the Minisforum N5
Check AliExpress for the Minisforum N5
In this article we provide a detailed, category-by-category comparison of these systems based on hands-on testing and real-world workloads. Key factors like physical design, internal architecture, storage configuration, CPU and memory performance, external connectivity, and power and noise profiles are all assessed in depth. We also consider important use case distinctions, such as suitability for 24/7 enterprise-grade uptime, AI model hosting, or quiet home use. Whether you’re looking to build a dense storage appliance, a virtualized host for multiple VMs, a locally deployed AI engine, or simply a robust and scalable home NAS, this analysis aims to clarify which of these two (or three, when factoring in the standard N5) offers the best fit. As the boundaries between NAS and full server hardware continue to blur, understanding these subtle trade-offs will help you make a more informed investment for your own specific workload and budget.
Written Review of the Minisforum N5 Pro NAS – HERE
YouTube Review of the Minisforum N5 Pro NAS – HERE
Minisforum N5 Pro vs Aoostar WTR Max NAS – Price and Value
When examining the price points of the Aoostar WTR Max and the Minisforum N5 series, it becomes clear that each brand has intentionally targeted slightly different segments of the advanced NAS and home-server market. The Aoostar WTR Max launches at $699 in a barebone configuration, which includes the chassis, preinstalled AMD Ryzen 7 PRO 8845HS CPU, external PSU, dual 10GbE SFP+ networking, and a front LCD panel. Like its competitor, it does not include RAM or additional storage at this price.
By comparison, the Minisforum N5 standard model enters at a lower price point of $583 in a similarly barebone configuration—also lacking RAM and user storage—but it does not include ECC memory support or a PRO-class CPU, which are key differences. The premium-tier Minisforum N5 Pro sits at a much higher entry price of $1,039, still barebone but featuring a far more capable Ryzen AI 9 HX PRO 370 CPU and ECC support. Users who prefer to have memory preinstalled can opt for a top-tier N5 Pro bundle, which includes 96GB ECC RAM and raises the total cost to $1,583.
Aspect
Aoostar WTR Max
Minisforum N5 (Standard)
Minisforum N5 Pro
Best & Why/Note
Base Price (barebone)
$699
$583
$1039
Aoostar WTR Max — cheapest base option
Optional ECC RAM
✓ (supports ECC)
✗
✓
N5 Pro — ECC support only on Pro and Aoostar
Relative to its competitors, the Aoostar WTR Max occupies a deliberate middle ground—costing more than the standard N5 but significantly less than the N5 Pro. This makes it a particularly appealing option for users who want enterprise-relevant features like ECC memory support and a balanced CPU without committing to the premium pricing of the Pro. The standard N5 clearly appeals to budget-conscious buyers who are willing to forgo ECC support and settle for a mid-tier CPU to save over $100 compared to the Aoostar.
Conversely, the N5 Pro is positioned for buyers who prioritize maximum multi-core performance, AI acceleration, and ECC memory—even if that means paying nearly 50% more than the Aoostar. For users who value the best balance of price and advanced functionality—including high storage density, good networking capabilities, and ECC support—the Aoostar WTR Max arguably delivers the most well-rounded value proposition among the three systems, particularly for general-purpose NAS or mixed-use home lab scenarios.
Minisforum N5 Pro vs Aoostar WTR Max NAS – Design
Both the Aoostar WTR Max and the Minisforum N5 series feature compact, all-metal chassis designs that prioritize serviceability, efficient internal space utilization, and professional-grade durability. The Aoostar WTR Max adopts a slightly larger rectangular footprint, accommodating six SATA bays, a dedicated seventh tray slot for up to four M.2 NVMe SSDs, and an integrated LCD display on the front panel for customizable real-time monitoring of system metrics such as temperature and network activity.
Ventilation on the Aoostar is extensive, with intake vents at the bottom, perforated panels on both sides, and dual rear-mounted exhaust fans drawing heat from the drive bays and CPU area. A vapor chamber heat spreader and a dedicated bottom-mounted cooling fan help distribute and evacuate thermal load evenly across internal components. The Minisforum N5 and N5 Pro, meanwhile, share a more compact and minimalist chassis with a slightly smaller footprint and a slide-out drive cage mechanism, making internal access and servicing more straightforward. Both Minisforum models include five SATA bays, a versatile three-slot M.2/U.2 arrangement, and a clean brushed-metal exterior that avoids visual distractions by omitting a front-facing display.
Aspect
Aoostar WTR Max
Minisforum N5 (Standard)
Minisforum N5 Pro
Best & Why/Note
Chassis Material
Full Metal
Full Metal
Full Metal
Tie — similar high-quality builds
LCD Display
✓
✗
✗
Aoostar WTR Max — includes customizable LCD
Slide-Out Drive Cage
✗
✓
✓
N5/N5 Pro — easier drive servicing
Compact Size (approx.)
Compact (~same footprint)
Compact (~same footprint)
Compact (~same footprint)
Tie — equally compact and serviceable
Where the Aoostar WTR Max shines is in raw storage density and front-panel functionality, with one additional SATA bay over the Minisforum design, plus its customizable LCD display for at-a-glance system information. Its more aggressive ventilation strategy—with side vents and larger intake paths—also suggests it can move slightly more air through densely packed storage configurations. However, the Minisforum chassis demonstrates superior internal organization, with its slide-out cage allowing faster upgrades and maintenance, and better separation of airflow channels for drives and CPU cooling.
The lack of an LCD display on the Minisforum may disappoint users who like direct front-panel readouts, but it contributes to a more understated aesthetic. In practice, the Aoostar’s design will appeal most to those who value maximum storage flexibility, high-density airflow, and immediate status feedback, while the Minisforum will suit users who prioritize tool-less servicing, quieter operation at idle, and a more refined, professional look. This category ultimately comes down to user priorities, but if judged solely on usability and build refinement, the Minisforum N5 and N5 Pro take a modest edge over the Aoostar WTR Max.
Minisforum N5 Pro vs Aoostar WTR Max NAS – Storage
Storage capabilities represent one of the most significant differences between the Aoostar WTR Max and the Minisforum N5 series, reflecting divergent priorities in how each system balances density and simplicity. The Aoostar WTR Max delivers a standout total of eleven drive slots, composed of six 3.5”/2.5” SATA bays, a dedicated seventh tray supporting up to four M.2 NVMe SSDs. This architecture provides users with the ability to create sophisticated storage topologies, combining high-capacity mechanical drives for bulk cold storage and multiple high-speed NVMe SSDs for tiered caching, scratch disks, or performance-optimized pools.
The additional M.2 tray, which is unique to the Aoostar design, simplifies the installation of multiple NVMe drives without occupying space within the motherboard area, while still offering full Gen 4 speeds on select slots. In contrast, the Minisforum N5 and N5 Pro are more restrained, offering five SATA bays and three NVMe/U.2 slots, which can be configured either as three M.2 drives or as one M.2 with two U.2 drives using the supplied adapter card. The Minisforum setup also includes a dedicated M.2 slot for its 64GB OS SSD, but sadly, this slot consumes one of the three available NVMe positions. Both Minisforum models support hot-swapping on the SATA bays and flexible RAID modes, but the higher bay count and more independent storage interfaces of the Aoostar clearly cater to users with larger or more diverse storage needs.
Storage capabilities represent one of the most significant differences between the Aoostar WTR Max and the Minisforum N5 series, reflecting divergent priorities in how each system balances density and simplicity. The Aoostar WTR Max delivers a standout total of eleven drive slots, composed of six 3.5”/2.5” SATA bays, a dedicated seventh tray supporting up to four M.2 NVMe SSDs. This architecture provides users with the ability to create sophisticated storage topologies, combining high-capacity mechanical drives for bulk cold storage and multiple high-speed NVMe SSDs for tiered caching, scratch disks, or performance-optimized pools.
The additional M.2 tray, which is unique to the Aoostar design, simplifies the installation of multiple NVMe drives without occupying space within the motherboard area, while still offering full Gen 4 speeds on select slots. In contrast, the Minisforum N5 and N5 Pro are more restrained, offering five SATA bays and three NVMe/U.2 slots, which can be configured either as three M.2 drives or as one M.2 with two U.2 drives using the supplied adapter card. The Minisforum setup also includes a dedicated M.2 slot for its 64GB OS SSD, this slot consumes one of the three available NVMe positions. Both Minisforum models support hot-swapping on the SATA bays and flexible RAID modes, but the higher bay count and more independent storage interfaces of the Aoostar clearly cater to users with larger or more diverse storage needs.
Minisforum N5 Pro vs Aoostar WTR Max NAS – Ports and Connectivity
Both the Aoostar WTR Max and the Minisforum N5 series deliver a wide array of external ports and connectivity options, though their designs reflect different priorities and deployment philosophies. The Aoostar WTR Max is clearly oriented toward high-density, network-heavy environments, offering two 10GbE SFP+ fiber ports alongside two additional 2.5GbE RJ45 copper ports. This configuration enables up to four simultaneous physical network connections, making it well-suited to scenarios that demand redundant paths, segmented VLANs, or hybrid fiber-copper topologies.
In addition, the Aoostar includes a front-mounted USB-C port, an SD card slot for quick local transfers, a rear USB4 port, an HDMI output for direct monitoring or console access, and an OCuLink port for external PCIe-based expansions. The SD card slot is an unusual but useful addition for media workflows, though the absence of any PCIe slot in the WTR Max’s internal layout limits upgrade options to what can be connected externally through OCuLink or USB4.
Connection Type
Aoostar WTR Max
Minisforum N5 (Standard)
Minisforum N5 Pro
Best & Why/Note
10GbE RJ45
✗
✓
✓
N5/N5 Pro — standard copper 10GbE
10GbE SFP+
✓×2
✗
✗
Aoostar WTR Max — SFP+ for fiber
5GbE RJ45
✗
✓
✓
N5/N5 Pro — additional RJ45 flexibility
2.5GbE RJ45
✓×2
✗
✗
Aoostar WTR Max — more mid-tier ports
USB4
✓
✓×2
✓×2
N5/N5 Pro — more USB4 ports
HDMI
✓
✓
✓
Tie — all include HDMI 2.1
PCIe Gen4 Slot
✗
✓
✓
N5/N5 Pro — PCIe x16 expansion
OCuLink
✓
✓
✓
Tie — all include OCuLink
The Minisforum N5 and N5 Pro, by contrast, prioritize versatility and broader compatibility with typical IT infrastructure. Both models feature a 10GbE RJ45 copper port and a secondary 5GbE RJ45 port, allowing direct connection to high-speed copper backbones or standard multi-Gig switches without requiring transceivers. They also include two USB4 ports (one front, one rear), an HDMI 2.1 output, an OCuLink port for external PCIe-based devices, and crucially, a PCIe Gen4 x16 (x4 electrical) slot.
This PCIe slot unlocks possibilities for internal upgrades such as GPUs, additional NICs, AI accelerator cards, or other PCIe devices—a flexibility that the Aoostar lacks. This makes the Minisforum a more future-proof choice in environments where needs may change or grow, and where access to off-the-shelf PCIe hardware is desirable. Together with its more copper-friendly network ports and two USB4 connections, the Minisforum family aligns well with home labs, creative workstations, and hybrid environments that benefit from adaptable, modular expansion options.
On balance, the Minisforum N5 series edges ahead in overall versatility and general-purpose applicability. While the Aoostar WTR Max offers a greater total number of network interfaces and superior fiber capabilities out of the box, those features come with trade-offs, including reliance on SFP+ transceivers, higher fiber infrastructure costs, and reduced flexibility for other kinds of expansion. For users specifically targeting a fiber-based or multi-path network deployment, the Aoostar remains highly appealing. However, for broader scenarios that favor compatibility with standard copper networks, more USB4 bandwidth, and internal PCIe upgrade capabilities, the Minisforum N5 and N5 Pro offer a more balanced and adaptable external connectivity package – but just less ACTUAL external bandwidth for networking!
Minisforum N5 Pro vs Aoostar WTR Max NAS – CPU and Memory
The Aoostar WTR Max and the Minisforum N5 series diverge substantially in processing power and memory capabilities, with the N5 Pro clearly at the high-performance end of the spectrum. The Aoostar WTR Max is equipped with an AMD Ryzen 7 Pro 8845HS, an 8-core, 16-thread processor based on AMD’s efficient Zen 4 architecture, and supports up to 128 GB of DDR5 memory with ECC. This makes the WTR Max a strong contender for users who need solid multi-threaded throughput, data integrity via ECC, and headroom for running many virtual machines or containerized workloads.
It is especially attractive in enterprise-like environments where reliability and memory capacity are priorities. The Minisforum N5 standard, by contrast, uses the older Ryzen 7 255, also with 8 cores and 16 threads, but based on the earlier Zen 3+ architecture, with a cap of 96 GB DDR5 and no ECC support. It remains competent for general NAS duties, file serving, light VM usage, and moderate multimedia tasks. Stepping up to the N5 Pro, however, brings a dramatic increase in compute and AI capabilities: its Ryzen AI 9 HX Pro 370 processor offers 12 cores, 24 threads, ECC support, and a built-in neural processing unit (NPU) delivering up to 50 TOPS for AI inferencing, while maintaining the same 96 GB DDR5 limit. This makes the N5 Pro ideal for highly concurrent workloads, virtualized environments, AI model hosting, and scenarios where raw CPU power and error resilience are critical.
(The CPU in the Minisforum N5 Pro is also featured on the X1 Pro from Minsforum, so below you can see the GFX benchmarks of this processor vs the same CPU + an MGA1 External Oculink eGPU)
Feature
Ryzen 7 255
Ryzen 7 Pro 8845HS
Ryzen AI 9 HX PRO 370
Architecture
Zen 3+
Zen 4
Zen 5 / Zen 5c hybrid
Cores / Threads
8C / 16T
8C / 16T
12C / 24T
Base / Boost Clock
3.3 GHz / 4.9 GHz
3.8 GHz / 5.1 GHz
2.0 GHz / 5.1 GHz
L3 Cache
16 MB
16 MB
24 MB
GPU
Radeon 780M (12 CUs)
Radeon 780M (12 CUs)
Radeon 890M (16 CUs)
GPU Clock
~2.5 GHz
Up to 2.7 GHz
Up to 2.9 GHz
NPU
UPTO 16 TOPS
upto 16 TOPS
Up to 50 TOPS
TDP Range
~45 W
~45 W
28–54 W
PCIe Lanes
20 PCIe Gen 4
20 PCIe Gen 4
16 PCIe Gen 4
Memory Support
DDR5 (non‑ECC)
DDR5‑5600 ECC
DDR5‑5600 ECC
Looking deeper at the individual CPUs, their architectures reflect different generational and market goals. The Ryzen 7 255 in the Minisforum N5 is a Zen 3+ part built on a 6 nm process, with a base clock of 3.3 GHz and turbo up to 4.9 GHz. It provides 16 MB of L3 cache and includes integrated Radeon 780M graphics with 12 RDNA 3 compute units. At ~45 W TDP, it is a capable midrange processor for general NAS use but lacks advanced enterprise features like ECC and AI. The Ryzen 7 Pro 8845HS in the WTR Max upgrades to Zen 4 at 4 nm, bumps the base clock to 3.8 GHz while maintaining the same 5.1 GHz boost, and delivers better power efficiency.
It retains the Radeon 780M GPU but with improved clocks and adds ECC memory support plus 20 PCIe Gen 4 lanes for broader connectivity options. At the top sits the Ryzen AI 9 HX Pro 370 in the N5 Pro, which leverages AMD’s Zen 5/5c hybrid architecture. Despite a lower base clock of 2.0 GHz (favoring efficiency) with the same 5.1 GHz turbo, it increases core count to 12 and thread count to 24, doubles L3 cache to 24 MB, and upgrades the GPU to Radeon 890M with 16 RDNA 3 compute units clocked up to 2.9 GHz. The Pro has a higher rated integrated NPU, capable of 50 TOPS, positioning it as an ideal candidate for on-premises AI inferencing and acceleration workloads, several times higher than the potential 16 TOPS rating on the CPUs of the N5 Standard and WTR ,Max. Its TDP range of 28–54 W also reflects its hybrid design’s balance of power and efficiency, although it offers slightly fewer PCIe lanes (16) than the WTR Max’s 20.
Aspect
Aoostar WTR Max
Minisforum N5 (Standard)
Minisforum N5 Pro
Best & Why/Note
CPU Model
Ryzen 7 Pro 8845HS
Ryzen 7 255
Ryzen AI 9 HX Pro 370
N5 Pro — more cores, AI acceleration
Cores/Threads
8C/16T
8C/16T
12C/24T
N5 Pro — highest core count
ECC Memory Support
✓
✗
✓
Tie between Aoostar & N5 Pro
Max RAM
128GB DDR5
96GB DDR5
96GB DDR5
Aoostar WTR Max — higher maximum RAM ceiling
AI NPU
✓ (16 TOPS)
✓ (16 TOPS)
✓ (50 TOPS)
N5 Pro — higher TOPS rating
In terms of choosing the best fit, the Minisforum N5 Pro stands out as the premium solution, delivering unmatched compute performance, higher concurrency, and dedicated AI hardware. Users deploying AI workloads, large-scale VM clusters, or needing the absolute highest processing headroom will find its premium justified. The Aoostar WTR Max, while trailing the N5 Pro in cores, threads, and AI acceleration, offers a more balanced middle-ground option: solid Zen 4 performance, ECC support, and greater maximum memory (128 GB) make it ideal for reliability-conscious users and memory-hungry environments at a lower cost than the N5 Pro. The standard N5 occupies the entry-level tier, with sufficient power for typical NAS and light VM duties but no ECC and limited future-proofing compared to its peers. In short, the N5 Pro dominates this category for high-end, AI-driven use cases, the Aoostar WTR Max excels for dependable performance and larger memory footprints at midrange pricing, and the standard N5 remains the best value for modest, general-purpose NAS applications.
Minisforum N5 Pro vs Aoostar WTR Max NAS – Power Consumption and Noise
Both the Aoostar WTR Max and the Minisforum N5 series aim to strike a balance between capable performance, manageable power consumption, and acceptable noise levels, though they adopt distinct philosophies around power delivery and cooling. Both the Minisforum N5 and the Aoostar WTR Max feature external power supply unit (PSUs), of a pretty hefty 280W – these will almost certainly not be for everyone, but do allow for both systems to maintain a decent small-scale (however, be aware that they DO get warm)!
In terms of measured power consumption, the WTR Max idles at approximately 32–34 W even when fully populated with drives, and it ramps up to around 73–89 W under heavy load, such as during multi-VM and high-throughput testing.
The chassis design favors airflow with strategically placed ventilation on the sides, rear, and bottom, a pair of large rear exhaust fans, and a dedicated internal fan that focuses specifically on the hard drive bays. This combination keeps temperatures steady under pressure, and even during sustained activity, noise output remains modest — around 35 dBA at idle and typically peaking near 44 dBA when heavily loaded, which is relatively quiet given its drive density and active cooling.
Aspect
Aoostar WTR Max
Minisforum N5 (Standard)
Minisforum N5 Pro
Best & Why/Note
PSU Type
External
External
External
No Difference
Peak Power Consumption
~73–89W
~80W
~80W
Tie — both in similar range
Idle Power Consumption
~32–34W
~32–34W
~32–34W
Tie — similar efficiency
Noise at Idle
~35 dBA
~32–34 dBA
~32–34 dBA
N5/N5 Pro — slightly quieter at idle
Noise at Load
~44 dBA
~48–51 dBA
~48–51 dBA
Aoostar WTR Max — quieter at load
The Minisforum N5 series has similar Power usage at idle to the Aoostar, sitting at 32–34 W with a standard configuration, and peak draw during demanding scenarios — such as AI inference on the N5 Pro or intensive virtualized workloads — topped out around 80 W. The N5 chassis relies on a refined internal cooling setup, with a base-mounted intake fan and two rear exhaust fans, arranged to direct airflow efficiently from front to back through the components. While thermally effective, this setup tends to produce slightly higher maximum noise than the WTR Max, registering 48–51 dBA during sustained full-load operation. At idle, the Minisforum systems are competitive, staying quiet at roughly 32–34 dBA, but the difference becomes more noticeable when fully stressed over longer periods.
Minisforum N5 Pro vs Aoostar WTR Max NAS – Verdict and Conclusion
In reviewing the Aoostar WTR Max and the Minisforum N5 series—including both the standard and Pro models—it becomes clear that each system was designed with a distinct user profile and set of priorities in mind, making direct comparisons nuanced rather than absolute. The Aoostar WTR Max distinguishes itself with a compelling balance of high storage density, strong CPU performance featuring ECC memory support, excellent chassis ventilation and a competitive mid-range price point.
Its combination of six SATA bays, five M.2 slots, quiet operation under sustained loads, and a tidy all-in-one form factor appeals to users who value storage flexibility, operational efficiency, and simplicity in deployment. The Minisforum N5 standard model carves out its niche as an affordable entry point for those with lighter needs—delivering solid, modern NAS performance in a compact chassis at the lowest price of the three. At the other end of the spectrum, the Minisforum N5 Pro targets advanced power users, offering the AI‑accelerated Ryzen AI 9 HX Pro 370 processor, ECC memory capability, and unmatched multi-threaded and inference performance, all of which position it squarely in the high-end category for workloads like intensive virtualization, heavy concurrent tasks, and AI-assisted applications. For those specific use cases, the N5 Pro’s premium price is justified by its unmatched compute capabilities and feature set.
Ultimately, choosing between these systems requires a careful assessment of workload demands, expansion expectations, and budget constraints. The Aoostar WTR Max delivers a well-rounded combination of storage capacity, compute power, noise and thermal efficiency, and ease of deployment at a price that is reasonable for most advanced home and small business NAS environments. Its blend of practical features and robust hardware makes it especially attractive for users who prioritize storage-heavy applications and quieter, more efficient operation. The Minisforum N5 standard model is best suited for users with modest requirements and tight budgets, offering a clean, capable NAS platform for general use without the advanced features or costs associated with its Pro sibling. The N5 Pro, however, remains the clear choice for users who need the highest possible performance, AI‑specific capabilities, and maximum concurrency—provided they are willing to pay a premium for these cutting-edge benefits. In short, while all three systems deliver strong value in their respective niches, the Aoostar WTR Max arguably offers the most versatile and cost-effective package for typical NAS workloads, striking a smart balance between affordability, capacity, and performance.
Category
Best Choice
Reasoning
Price (Value for Money)
Minisforum N5 (Standard)
Lowest price while delivering competent NAS performance
Overall Storage Capacity
Aoostar WTR Max
More bays and better storage flexibility (11 drives total)
This description contains links to Amazon. These links will take you to some of the products mentioned in today's content. As an Amazon Associate, I earn from qualifying purchases. Visit the NASCompares Deal Finder to find the best place to buy this device in your region, based on Service, Support and Reputation - Just Search for your NAS Drive in the Box Below
Need Advice on Data Storage from an Expert?
Finally, for free advice about your setup, just leave a message in the comments below here at NASCompares.com and we will get back to you.Need Help?
Where possible (and where appropriate) please provide as much information about your requirements, as then I can arrange the best answer and solution to your needs. Do not worry about your e-mail address being required, it will NOT be used in a mailing list and will NOT be used in any way other than to respond to your enquiry.
[contact-form-7]
TRY CHAT Terms and Conditions
If you like this service, please consider supporting us.
We use affiliate links on the blog allowing NAScompares information and advice service to be free of charge to you.Anything you purchase on the day you click on our links will generate a small commission which isused to run the website. Here is a link for Amazon and B&H.You can also get me a Ko-fi or old school Paypal. Thanks!To find out more about how to support this advice service checkHEREIf you need to fix or configure a NAS, check FiverHave you thought about helping others with your knowledge? Find Instructions Here
Or support us by using our affiliate links on Amazon UK and Amazon US
Alternatively, why not ask me on the ASK NASCompares forum, by clicking the button below. This is a community hub that serves as a place that I can answer your question, chew the fat, share new release information and even get corrections posted. I will always get around to answering ALL queries, but as a one-man operation, I cannot promise speed! So by sharing your query in the ASK NASCompares section below, you can get a better range of solutions and suggestions, alongside my own.
Prime Day 2025 is not just a normal sales thing, it’s when the best deals becomes a quest for many, especially tech enthusiasts and savvy shoppers. This November, as we approach the holiday season, our focus sharpens on a segment that’s increasingly popular in the tech community: Network Attached Storage (NAS) solutions, particularly Terramaster products known for their quality and dependability in data storage. If you’re planning to enhance your home network, set up an efficient media server, or secure your files with reliable backup, Terramaster’s range might have the perfect solution for you. With Amazon Prime Day’s impressive discounts, it could be the ideal time to invest in your tech infrastructure. We’ve sorted the deals by region,.so we’ve got you covered.
US Terramaster Prime Day 2025 Deals
Stay tuned for tables showcasing the hottest deals on Terramaster products for our US-based readers.
TerraMaster D8 Hybrid NVMe HDD USB RAID Storage 8-Bay
DAS
$239.99 (20% off)
TerraMaster D5-300 RAID 5 Storage 5-Bay
DAS
194.99 (25% off)
TerraMaster TD2 Thunderbolt 3 RAID Storage 2-Bay
DAS
$207.99 (20% off)
UK Terramaster Prime Day 2025 Deals
To our dear readers in the United Kingdom, we haven’t forgotten you. Here’s a curated list of the top Terramaster NAS and DAS deals available on your shores this Prime Day 2025.
This description contains links to Amazon. These links will take you to some of the products mentioned in today's content. As an Amazon Associate, I earn from qualifying purchases. Visit the NASCompares Deal Finder to find the best place to buy this device in your region, based on Service, Support and Reputation - Just Search for your NAS Drive in the Box Below
Need Advice on Data Storage from an Expert?
Finally, for free advice about your setup, just leave a message in the comments below here at NASCompares.com and we will get back to you.Need Help?
Where possible (and where appropriate) please provide as much information about your requirements, as then I can arrange the best answer and solution to your needs. Do not worry about your e-mail address being required, it will NOT be used in a mailing list and will NOT be used in any way other than to respond to your enquiry.
[contact-form-7]
TRY CHAT Terms and Conditions
If you like this service, please consider supporting us.
We use affiliate links on the blog allowing NAScompares information and advice service to be free of charge to you.Anything you purchase on the day you click on our links will generate a small commission which isused to run the website. Here is a link for Amazon and B&H.You can also get me a Ko-fi or old school Paypal. Thanks!To find out more about how to support this advice service checkHEREIf you need to fix or configure a NAS, check FiverHave you thought about helping others with your knowledge? Find Instructions Here
Or support us by using our affiliate links on Amazon UK and Amazon US
Alternatively, why not ask me on the ASK NASCompares forum, by clicking the button below. This is a community hub that serves as a place that I can answer your question, chew the fat, share new release information and even get corrections posted. I will always get around to answering ALL queries, but as a one-man operation, I cannot promise speed! So by sharing your query in the ASK NASCompares section below, you can get a better range of solutions and suggestions, alongside my own.
This description contains links to Amazon. These links will take you to some of the products mentioned in today's content. As an Amazon Associate, I earn from qualifying purchases. Visit the NASCompares Deal Finder to find the best place to buy this device in your region, based on Service, Support and Reputation - Just Search for your NAS Drive in the Box Below
Need Advice on Data Storage from an Expert?
Finally, for free advice about your setup, just leave a message in the comments below here at NASCompares.com and we will get back to you.Need Help?
Where possible (and where appropriate) please provide as much information about your requirements, as then I can arrange the best answer and solution to your needs. Do not worry about your e-mail address being required, it will NOT be used in a mailing list and will NOT be used in any way other than to respond to your enquiry.
[contact-form-7]
TRY CHAT Terms and Conditions
If you like this service, please consider supporting us.
We use affiliate links on the blog allowing NAScompares information and advice service to be free of charge to you.Anything you purchase on the day you click on our links will generate a small commission which isused to run the website. Here is a link for Amazon and B&H.You can also get me a Ko-fi or old school Paypal. Thanks!To find out more about how to support this advice service checkHEREIf you need to fix or configure a NAS, check FiverHave you thought about helping others with your knowledge? Find Instructions Here
Or support us by using our affiliate links on Amazon UK and Amazon US
Alternatively, why not ask me on the ASK NASCompares forum, by clicking the button below. This is a community hub that serves as a place that I can answer your question, chew the fat, share new release information and even get corrections posted. I will always get around to answering ALL queries, but as a one-man operation, I cannot promise speed! So by sharing your query in the ASK NASCompares section below, you can get a better range of solutions and suggestions, alongside my own.
Best NAS You Can Buy Right Now (Mid-2025) for Under $499
As of mid-2025, the sub-$499 NAS market is more competitive than ever, with several brands offering systems that deliver strong hardware, dedicated operating systems, and multiple drive bays within a modest budget. For home users, prosumers, and small teams looking to centralize data, manage backups, or stream media locally, this price bracket now includes options that would have cost significantly more just a few years ago. From rackmount storage appliances to compact flash-based servers, there are now choices to suit a wide variety of workloads and network environments.
This article examines five out-of-the-box NAS systems that are currently available for $499 or less. While each system takes a slightly different approach—whether prioritizing raw bandwidth, containerization, virtualization support, or software simplicity—they all represent viable solutions for users seeking value without compromising core functionality.
Important Disclaimer and Notes Before You Buy
All of the NAS systems featured in this list are diskless, meaning they do not include storage media by default. Users will need to purchase compatible 3.5″ HDDs, 2.5″ SSDs, or M.2 NVMe drives separately depending on the system’s configuration. This significantly affects the total cost of ownership, particularly for all-flash systems where NVMe drives are required. Some devices also use onboard flash or eMMC storage to house the operating system, but this is not sufficient for general file storage. Buyers should also consider the cost of drives, RAID redundancy planning, and any accessories (e.g., cables or cooling enhancements) when budgeting for deployment.
Another consideration is the variation in NAS operating systems provided. While most models come with a vendor-specific OS—such as Synology DSM, TerraMaster TOS, UGOS, or Unraid—some platforms allow or even encourage the installation of third-party alternatives like TrueNAS or Unraid without voiding hardware warranties. However, in cases where the software stack is less mature or limited in features, users may need to invest more time configuring services such as Plex, Docker, or SMB sharing manually. As such, these systems are best suited to users who are comfortable managing basic network services or are willing to explore more advanced functionality over time.
UniFi UNAS Pro 7-Bay NAS
$499 – ARM Cortex-A57 – 8GB – 7x 3.5″ SATA – 1x 10GbE SFP+, 1x 1GbE – UniFi OS – BUY HERE
The UniFi UNAS Pro is a 2U rackmount NAS solution designed primarily for high-speed, large-scale data storage. It features seven hot-swappable 2.5″/3.5″ SATA drive bays and is built around a quad-core ARM Cortex-A57 processor running at 1.7GHz, paired with 8GB of onboard DDR4 memory. Unlike general-purpose NAS systems that include container support or multimedia features, this device is focused purely on network file storage. It offers robust network connectivity with both a 10GbE SFP+ port and a 1GbE RJ45 port, making it suitable for use cases where bandwidth is a priority—such as centralized backups, archival storage, or high-volume file transfers within a UniFi-managed network.
The system is managed via UniFi’s Drive app within the UniFi OS ecosystem, and supports standard RAID configurations including RAID 0, 1, 5, and 6. Power redundancy is provided via a dual-input system—an internal 200W AC/DC PSU and support for USP-RPS DC failover. There’s also a 1.3-inch front panel touchscreen for quick diagnostics and system status at the rack. While it lacks container support, virtualization, or media server capabilities, it integrates easily with other UniFi products or can operate as a standalone storage node in a mixed environment. For users who require reliable, scalable storage with 10GbE connectivity but can forego app extensibility, the UNAS Pro represents a straightforward, hardware-driven option in the sub-$500 space.
Component
Specification
CPU
Quad-Core ARM Cortex-A57 @ 1.7GHz
Memory
8GB DDR4
Drive Bays
7x 2.5″/3.5″ SATA HDD/SSD
Networking
1x 10GbE SFP+, 1x 1GbE
Power
200W internal PSU + USP-RPS redundancy
OS
UniFi OS / Drive App
Display
1.3″ touchscreen
Form Factor
2U Rackmount
Dimensions
442 x 325 x 87 mm
Weight
9.5 kg with brackets
UGREEN NASync DXP4800 NAS
$499– Intel N100 – 8GB – 4x 3.5″ SATA + 2x M.2 NVMe – 2x 2.5GbE – UGOS Pro – BUY HERE
The UGREEN NASync DXP4800 is a desktop 4-bay NAS that combines hybrid storage architecture with modern I/O and a maturing proprietary OS. It is powered by an Intel N100 quad-core processor from Intel’s 12th-gen Alder Lake-N series, paired with 8GB of DDR5 memory and 32GB of onboard eMMC storage for the operating system. In addition to its four SATA bays, it includes two M.2 NVMe SSD slots, enabling users to build a fast caching tier or SSD-only volumes for improved application performance. Network connectivity includes dual 2.5GbE LAN ports, and the system supports link aggregation for higher throughput or failover scenarios.
On the software side, the unit runs UGOS Pro, UGREEN’s in-house NAS operating system. It includes support for RAID 0/1/5/6/10, Docker containers, Plex, remote access, and cloud sync tools. While UGOS is less mature than systems like DSM or TrueNAS, it has improved over successive updates and includes a clean web UI for file sharing, snapshots, and media streaming. Front and rear USB 3.2 ports (including USB-C) and an SD 3.0 card reader add to its usability for media professionals. For users who prefer a GUI-based setup with broad feature support and hybrid storage flexibility, the DXP4800 offers substantial value in the under-$500 bracket—especially when discounted.
Component
Specification
CPU
Intel N100 (4 cores, up to 3.4GHz)
Memory
8GB DDR5 (upgradable to 16GB)
Drive Bays
4x SATA (3.5″/2.5″) + 2x M.2 NVMe
Networking
2x 2.5GbE LAN
Ports
1x USB-C (10Gbps), 2x USB-A, SD Card Reader
Video Output
1x HDMI (4K)
OS
UGOS Pro
Power Consumption
35.18W (access), 15.43W (hibernation)
Dimensions
257 x 178 x 178 mm (approx.)
LincStation N2 NAS
$399 – Intel N100 – 16GB – 2x 2.5″ SATA + 4x M.2 NVMe – 1x 10GbE – Unraid OS – BUY HERE
The LincStation N2 is a compact, all-SSD NAS that delivers a high-performance spec sheet at a relatively low price. Powered by an Intel N100 processor and equipped with 16GB of LPDDR5 memory, it supports a mix of two 2.5″ SATA SSDs and four M.2 2280 NVMe drives. This six-bay design—entirely SSD-based—is geared toward users who require faster IOPS, quieter operation, and lower power draw than traditional hard drive-based systems. Network connectivity is handled by a single 10GbE RJ45 port, a rare inclusion in this price bracket and especially valuable for direct workstation or multi-client environments.
The device ships with an Unraid Starter license pre-installed, giving users access to advanced features like Docker container support, virtual machines, hardware passthrough, and flexible storage management. While Unraid requires some learning curve for new users, it offers a high degree of customization and adaptability compared with fixed software stacks. The system also includes HDMI output, USB-C, USB 3.2, and multiple USB 2.0 ports, making it suitable for use as a lightweight home server or media workstation. For users prioritizing SSD storage, 10GbE, and virtualization support, the LincStation N2 delivers a capable platform that’s uncommon at this price point.
Component
Specification
CPU
Intel N100 (4 cores, up to 3.4GHz)
Memory
16GB LPDDR5 (non-upgradable)
Drive Bays
2x 2.5″ SATA + 4x M.2 NVMe
Networking
1x 10GbE LAN
Ports
1x USB-C (10Gbps), 1x USB 3.2, 2x USB 2.0
Video/Audio
HDMI 2.0, 3.5mm audio out
OS
Unraid (Starter license included)
Dimensions
210 x 152 x 39.8 mm
Weight
800g
TerraMaster F4 SSD NAS
$399 – Intel N95 – 8GB – 4x M.2 NVMe – 1x 5GbE – TOS (TerraMaster OS) – BUY HERE
The TerraMaster F4 SSD is a 4-bay, all-flash NAS designed for high-speed home storage, media streaming, and photo management. It is equipped with an Intel N95 processor, an entry-level quad-core CPU from Intel’s Alder Lake-N family, and 8GB of DDR5 memory via a single SODIMM module. Storage is handled via four M.2 NVMe slots: two operating at PCIe 3.0 x2 speeds and two at PCIe 3.0 x1. These are designed for SSDs only—no support for SATA drives is provided. On the network side, the unit includes a single 5GbE port, offering a higher single-link bandwidth than systems using dual 2.5GbE, and can be directly connected to 10GbE networks at reduced speeds.
The system runs TerraMaster’s TOS operating system, which supports multimedia applications like Plex and Emby, cloud sync, photo AI tagging, user account control, and flexible backup solutions. TOS includes support for Btrfs and TRAID (TerraMaster RAID), along with remote access features and mobile apps for file synchronization and photo uploads. With three high-speed USB ports (2x Type-A and 1x Type-C), HDMI output, and low-noise fan operation (~19 dB), the F4 SSD targets users looking for a quieter, flash-based NAS for home environments. It lacks 2.5″/3.5″ bay support but offers fast SSD performance in a small form factor with minimal configuration requirements.
The Synology DS425+ is a 4-bay NAS designed to serve as an entry point into Synology’s DSM ecosystem, offering a balance between hardware efficiency and access to a mature, enterprise-grade operating system. It runs on the Intel Celeron J4125 processor, a quad-core chip with a base frequency of 2.0GHz and a burst frequency of 2.7GHz. The system ships with 2GB of DDR4 non-ECC memory, expandable up to 6GB, and supports both 3.5″/2.5″ SATA drives and two M.2 NVMe SSDs for caching or storage volumes. For networking, it includes one 2.5GbE port and one standard 1GbE port, giving users some flexibility depending on their switching infrastructure.
DSM (DiskStation Manager) remains one of the most advanced NAS operating systems available, offering built-in apps for file management, media streaming, surveillance, and virtualization. Synology Hybrid RAID (SHR) is supported for flexible storage management, along with Btrfs file system benefits such as snapshots and data integrity checks. The DS425+ is part of Synology’s 2025 refresh lineup, which enforces stricter compatibility with Synology-branded drives. Users should confirm drive support in advance, particularly if planning to reuse existing disks. Despite these limitations, for users seeking reliability, security features, and long-term OS support, the DS425+ remains a strong choice at the $499 price point.
Component
Specification
CPU
Intel Celeron J4125 (4 cores, up to 2.7GHz)
Memory
2GB DDR4 (expandable to 6GB)
Drive Bays
4x 3.5″/2.5″ SATA + 2x M.2 NVMe
Networking
1x 2.5GbE LAN, 1x 1GbE LAN
Ports
2x USB 3.2 Gen 1
OS
Synology DSM 7.x
File System
Btrfs, EXT4
Dimensions
166 x 199 x 223 mm
Weight
2.18 kg
The NAS market under $499 in mid-2025 presents a broad spectrum of options tailored to different storage priorities and technical requirements. Whether you’re looking for high-capacity traditional RAID storage, SSD-focused performance, or a feature-rich operating system, there are viable choices within this price bracket. The UniFi UNAS Pro stands out as a pure storage appliance with 10GbE connectivity and seven bays, suited for high-throughput archival or backup scenarios. Meanwhile, the UGREEN DXP4800 and LincStation N2 offer hybrid and full-flash storage respectively, with both systems supporting modern features like Docker, virtualization, and optional third-party OS deployment. For those focused on user-friendly software ecosystems and long-term support, Synology’s DS425+ remains a leading contender, albeit with stricter drive compatibility requirements. On the other hand, the TerraMaster F4 SSD delivers compact all-SSD storage with high-speed 5GbE networking and a growing feature set in TOS, including AI photo management and multimedia tools. All five models require user-supplied storage media and, in some cases, benefit from user familiarity with setup or configuration processes. Ultimately, the best choice depends on how much weight you place on performance, expandability, software polish, and overall system control within this tightly priced segment.
This description contains links to Amazon. These links will take you to some of the products mentioned in today's content. As an Amazon Associate, I earn from qualifying purchases. Visit the NASCompares Deal Finder to find the best place to buy this device in your region, based on Service, Support and Reputation - Just Search for your NAS Drive in the Box Below
Need Advice on Data Storage from an Expert?
Finally, for free advice about your setup, just leave a message in the comments below here at NASCompares.com and we will get back to you.Need Help?
Where possible (and where appropriate) please provide as much information about your requirements, as then I can arrange the best answer and solution to your needs. Do not worry about your e-mail address being required, it will NOT be used in a mailing list and will NOT be used in any way other than to respond to your enquiry.
[contact-form-7]
TRY CHAT Terms and Conditions
If you like this service, please consider supporting us.
We use affiliate links on the blog allowing NAScompares information and advice service to be free of charge to you.Anything you purchase on the day you click on our links will generate a small commission which isused to run the website. Here is a link for Amazon and B&H.You can also get me a Ko-fi or old school Paypal. Thanks!To find out more about how to support this advice service checkHEREIf you need to fix or configure a NAS, check FiverHave you thought about helping others with your knowledge? Find Instructions Here
Or support us by using our affiliate links on Amazon UK and Amazon US
Alternatively, why not ask me on the ASK NASCompares forum, by clicking the button below. This is a community hub that serves as a place that I can answer your question, chew the fat, share new release information and even get corrections posted. I will always get around to answering ALL queries, but as a one-man operation, I cannot promise speed! So by sharing your query in the ASK NASCompares section below, you can get a better range of solutions and suggestions, alongside my own.
The Minisforum N5 Pro marks the company’s first deliberate step into the network-attached storage (NAS) segment, building upon its established experience in producing compact desktops, mini-PCs, and workstation-class hardware. First hinted at during industry discussions at IFA 2024 and formally revealed during CES 2025 in Nevada, the N5 Pro was later showcased in its near-final form at Computex 2025 in Taipei before entering production. Positioned as a high-performance NAS platform for advanced users, homelab enthusiasts, and small business operators, the N5 Pro aims to deliver server-class processing and expandability within a familiar, small-footprint chassis design. Alongside the N5 Pro, Minisforum released a standard N5 model at a lower price point, utilizing an 8-core processor without ECC memory support but retaining the same overall feature set and drive layout. Both systems ship with Minisforum’s proprietary MinisCloud OS pre-installed on a 64GB NVMe SSD, while remaining fully compatible with third-party NAS operating systems such as TrueNAS, Unraid, or Linux distributions. This review examines the N5 Pro model in detail, including its industrial design, internal hardware configuration, connectivity options, bundled software, real-world performance testing, and overall value proposition within the evolving NAS market.
IMPORTANT – Below are the links to the OFFICIAL Minisforum site to buy the N5 and N5 Pro. However, using these links does not support us (i.e we do not get an affiliate fee). We want you to buy this device from whichever retailer best suits your needs, but we hope you are able to support the work we do (such as this review and our YouTube channel) but using the links above for your storage media, or any other data storage/network solution purchase.
The Minisforum N5 Pro is an impressive and highly versatile NAS platform that successfully combines the core strengths of a storage appliance with the capabilities of a compact, workstation-class server, making it suitable for demanding and varied use cases. Its defining features include a 12-core Ryzen AI 9 HX PRO 370 CPU with 24 threads and onboard AI acceleration up to 50 TOPS, support for up to 96GB of ECC-capable DDR5 memory for data integrity, and a hybrid storage architecture offering up to 144TB total capacity through a mix of five SATA bays and three NVMe/U.2 slots. Additional highlights such as ZFS file system support with snapshots, inline compression, and self-healing, along with high-speed networking via dual 10GbE and 5GbE ports, and expansion through PCIe Gen 4 ×16 and OCuLink interfaces, position it well beyond the capabilities of typical consumer NAS systems. The compact, fully metal chassis is easy to service and efficiently cooled, enabling continuous operation even under sustained virtual machine, AI, or media workloads. At the same time, the bundled MinisCloud OS, while feature-rich with AI photo indexing, Docker support, and mobile integration, remains a work in progress, lacking some enterprise-grade polish, robust localization, and more advanced tools expected in mature NAS ecosystems. Minor drawbacks such as the external PSU, the thermally challenged pre-installed OS SSD, and the higher cost of the Pro variant relative to the standard N5 are important to weigh, particularly for users who may not fully utilize the Pro’s ECC and AI-specific advantages. For advanced users, homelab builders, and technical teams who require high compute density, flexible storage, and full control over their software stack, the N5 Pro delivers workstation-level performance and configurability in NAS form—offering one of the most forward-thinking and adaptable solutions available today in this segment.
BUILD QUALITY - 10/10
HARDWARE - 9/10
PERFORMANCE - 9/10
PRICE - 7/10
VALUE - 8/10
8.6
PROS
High-performance AMD Ryzen AI 9 HX PRO 370 CPU with 12 cores, 24 threads, and AI acceleration (50 TOPS NPU) is INCREDIBLE for a compact desktop purchase Support for up to 96GB DDR5 memory with ECC, ensuring data integrity and stability in critical environments ZFS-ready storage with numerous ZFS and TRADITIONAL RAID configurations, snapshots, and inline compression Hybrid storage support: five 3.5\\\"/2.5\\\" SATA bays plus three NVMe/U.2 SSD slots, with up to 144TB total capacity Versatile expansion options including PCIe Gen 4 ×16 slot (×4 electrical) and OCuLink port for GPUs or NVMe cages Dual high-speed networking: 10GbE and 5GbE RJ45 ports with link aggregation support + (using the inclusive MinisCloud OS) the use of the USB4 ports for direct PC/Mac connection! Fully metal, compact, and serviceable chassis with thoughtful cooling and accessible internal layout - makes maintenance, upgrades and troubleshooting a complete breeze! Compatibility with third-party OSes (TrueNAS, Unraid, Linux) without voiding warranty, offering flexibility for advanced users
CONS
MinisCloud OS is functional but immature, with unfinished localisation and limited advanced enterprise features - lacks MFA, iSCSI, Security Scanner and More. Nails several key fundamentals, but still feels unfinished at this time. Despite External PSU design (will already annoy some users), it generates a lot of additional heat and may not appeal to all users overall Preinstalled 64GB OS SSD runs hot under sustained use and lacks dedicated cooling. Plus, losing one of the 3 m.2 slots to it will not please everyone (most brands manage to find a way to apply an eMMC into the board more directly, or use a USB bootloader option as a gateway for their OS Premium $1000+ pricing may be hard to justify for users who don’t need ECC memory or AI capabilities compared to the standard N5 at $500+
The Minisforum N5 Pro continues the company’s emphasis on compact yet industrial-grade hardware, retaining a desktop-friendly footprint of 199 x 202 x 252 mm and weighing just under 5 kg. Its exterior is constructed from anodized aluminum alloy, which not only enhances durability but also serves as part of the system’s passive thermal management by dispersing residual heat through the shell.
The front panel is understated, housing clearly labeled LEDs for system status, network activity indicators for both network interfaces, and separate activity lights for each of the five SATA bays.
A recessed power button with integrated LED, reset hole, and anti-theft lock slot round out the front-facing controls. The system’s modular internal structure divides the upper and lower sections cleanly, with the drive cage occupying the top tier and the motherboard and expansion slots housed below.
The slide-out tray design for the storage cage facilitates fast maintenance and upgrades, and access to all internal components requires minimal disassembly, aided by two easily removable rear screws and a fully detachable back panel. This thoughtful layout supports not only ease of serviceability but also helps maintain clean cable management for improved airflow.
The N5 Pro’s storage architecture is designed for maximum flexibility and density within its size constraints. The primary storage array comprises five individual 3.5-inch or 2.5-inch SATA 3.0 bays arranged in a stacked configuration at the front of the chassis. Each bay supports drives of up to 22TB, allowing a maximum mechanical storage capacity of 110TB, which positions the N5 Pro among the most storage-dense NAS devices in its class.
Unlike some competing NAS designs that rely on port multiplexing, each SATA port on the N5 Pro is directly connected to the mainboard without oversubscription, ensuring consistent throughput per drive. Beyond the five SATA bays, the system includes three additional high-speed NVMe slots.
Two of these support either M.2 or U.2 SSDs up to 15TB each, while the remaining slot supports an M.2 SSD up to 4TB.
Minisforum includes an adapter to convert the two U.2-compatible slots to standard M.2 form factor if desired, which accommodates more commonly available SSDs without sacrificing future enterprise U.2 upgrade options.
In its default shipping configuration, the N5 Pro arrives with a 64GB M.2 2230 SSD preinstalled, preloaded with MinisCloud OS. This small OS drive occupies one M.2 slot and can be replaced with a larger, higher-performance SSD if needed.
The device supports a full suite of RAID levels, both through hardware and software configuration, thanks to its ZFS-based storage stack within MinisCloud OS. Users can configure the five SATA bays in RAID 0 for maximum throughput, RAID 1 or RAID 10 for redundancy, or RAIDZ1/RAID5 and RAIDZ2/RAID6 for more advanced parity protection.
The combination of ZFS and hardware flexibility allows mixed configurations, where NVMe SSDs can be dedicated to cache or high-performance “hot” data pools while SATA disks serve as mass storage. This arrangement supports scenarios like virtual machine hosting alongside archival media storage in a single chassis. Notably, ZFS features such as inline LZ4 compression and snapshot-based recovery are natively supported in MinisCloud OS, enabling efficient storage utilization and simplified recovery workflows.
During extended operation with fully populated SATA bays and NVMe slots, the drives maintained expected IOPS and sustained throughput without any noticeable drop in performance, a reflection of the system’s balanced backplane and effective drive isolation.
The 5 SATA Bay cage is connected to then main board with a 2GB/20Gb/s connection and is managed by the SATA sata JMicron Technology Corp. JMB58x
The physical implementation of drive installation is straightforward, with each SATA tray supporting toolless insertion and clearly numbered for easy identification. The trays are designed to accommodate both 3.5-inch and 2.5-inch drives securely, while the NVMe and U.2 slots are easily accessible on the motherboard side of the chassis. Importantly, the U.2 support provides access to enterprise-class SSDs, which offer higher durability, better thermal tolerance, and larger capacities compared to consumer NVMe drives.
This feature caters to professional environments where storage write endurance is critical. The SATA backplane is integrated into the drive cage and connects cleanly to the motherboard with no loose cabling, simplifying airflow management and minimizing potential points of failure. Throughout the chassis, Minisforum has kept the cable routing tidy, with wiring harnesses anchored to prevent obstruction of airflow paths or contact with hot surfaces.
Cooling for the storage components is managed through a well-considered combination of passive and active elements. Front-side intake vents direct cool air across the SATA drives, while two dedicated rear-mounted exhaust fans draw heat away from the drive array and motherboard area.
The vented base panel assists with maintaining negative pressure and facilitating lateral airflow, preventing localized hot spots.
The NVMe and U.2 SSDs benefit from placement near the rear and bottom fans, maintaining acceptable temperatures under sustained workloads.
Interestingly, you can see the similarities in the design of the brand’s current smaller workstation systems, with their 2 fan (top and bottom) placement – they have just built on top of this by introducing the storage and it’s own dedicated cooling.
The 64GB OS SSD, however, does not feature a dedicated heatsink and was observed to operate at relatively high temperatures during stress testing—likely due to its compact 2230 form factor. Users opting to keep MinisCloud OS on this drive may consider upgrading to a larger, better-cooled SSD for improved thermal performance.
Despite its compact footprint, the system’s thermal behavior remained predictable during long periods of mixed I/O, demonstrating that Minisforum’s chassis and airflow design are effective at keeping the storage subsystem within operational limits.
Minisforum N5 Pro Review – Internal Hardware
Internally, the Minisforum N5 Pro differentiates itself from its standard N5 counterpart primarily through its more powerful processor, memory capabilities, and additional AI acceleration hardware. At the heart of the system is the AMD Ryzen AI 9 HX PRO 370, a Zen 5-based CPU offering 12 cores and 24 threads, with a base clock as low as 2.0 GHz for low-power states and a maximum boost clock of up to 5.1 GHz under peak loads.
The inclusion of ECC support in the Pro variant enables the use of error-correcting DDR5 memory modules—essential in mission-critical environments where data integrity is a priority. The non-Pro model, by contrast, is equipped with an AMD Ryzen 7 255, offering 8 cores and 16 threads, a slightly higher base clock at 3.3 GHz, but no support for ECC memory.
This choice in processors reflects different target audiences: the Pro version is designed for advanced workloads, AI model inference, and demanding multi-threaded tasks, whereas the standard N5 targets more conventional NAS and multimedia use cases. Both CPUs have a very similar integrated GPU architecture (only around 0.1Ghz of difference and similar engine design), however the non-PRO CPU R7 255 CPU actually has 20 PCIe Lanes, compared with the 16 Lanes of the HX370. Despite this, both the Pro and Non Pro have the exact same Ports, connections and lane speeds for the SSD bays and PCIe upgrade slot! So, unsure if these additional lanes are picking up slack somewhere I cannot see, or are insured (likely the former).
The Pro variant also integrates AMD’s Radeon 890M integrated graphics with 12 compute units based on the RDNA 3 architecture, supporting burst frequencies up to 2.9 GHz, which is advantageous for tasks requiring GPU-accelerated transcoding or light graphical workloads. This is a small step up from the Radeon 780M present in the standard N5, which tops out at 2.7 GHz and features fewer compute units. Notably, the N5 Pro includes a dedicated AI Neural Processing Unit (NPU) rated up to 50 TOPS (trillions of operations per second), which is absent in the standard N5. This NPU is leveraged by MinisCloud OS for AI-based features such as photo recognition and intelligent indexing, and may also benefit advanced users deploying AI workloads in containerized environments or VMs – but REALISTICALLY the main draw for this CPU and in AI deployment would be true edge-AI and LOCALLY deploying an LLM/AI on the system effectively (ChatGPT, Deepseek, etc). Together, these enhancements give the Pro configuration a performance and feature set closer to workstation-class hardware while maintaining NAS functionality.
Memory capacity and bandwidth are also noteworthy. Both variants of the N5 support up to 96GB of DDR5 memory across two SO-DIMM slots, operating at up to 5600 MT/s. In the Pro, ECC modules can be installed for error correction, while the standard model is limited to non-ECC DDR5. ECC memory is an important differentiator in enterprise and data-centric scenarios, preventing silent data corruption and improving long-term system stability.
The unit tested for this review was populated with 96GB of ECC DDR5, which performed consistently and without detectable error events during extended uptime tests. The system’s DDR5 architecture provides approximately 75% more bandwidth than equivalent DDR4 configurations, which is beneficial for high-concurrency operations, ZFS scrubbing, and virtual machine memory allocation. In effect, this memory flexibility makes the N5 Pro adaptable for both small office file sharing and more advanced computational tasks such as AI training or multi-VM deployments.
Minisforum’s choice to pair these components with a full range of storage and expansion interfaces ensures that none of the hardware is bottlenecked under realistic workloads. The PCIe Gen 4×16 slot and OCuLink port are physically accessible from within the chassis and are routed directly to CPU lanes, ensuring optimal throughput for expansion cards or external GPU enclosures. Thermal management of the internal hardware is also carefully designed: copper heatpipes, a dedicated CPU fan on the base, rear exhaust fans, and airflow channels work in tandem to keep CPU, GPU, and memory temperatures in line, even under sustained heavy usage. In testing, the CPU maintained stable boost clocks without throttling, and the DIMM temperatures remained within specification. This level of hardware specification in a NAS-class device positions the N5 Pro well beyond the scope of typical consumer NAS appliances, edging into workstation territory while retaining the flexibility and storage capabilities of a dedicated file server.
Component
N5 Pro
N5 Standard
Processor
AMD Ryzen AI 9 HX PRO 370 (12C/24T, 2.0–5.1 GHz, Zen 5)
AMD Ryzen 7 255 (8C/16T, 3.3–4.9 GHz, Zen 5)
Integrated GPU
Radeon 890M (12CU, RDNA 3, up to 2.9 GHz)
Radeon 780M (RDNA 3, up to 2.7 GHz)
Neural Processing Unit
Up to 50 TOPS
Not available
Memory Support
DDR5 ECC or Non-ECC, up to 96GB, 5600 MT/s
DDR5 Non-ECC only, up to 96GB, 5600 MT/s
PCIe Slot
PCIe 4.0 ×16 (wired as ×4)
PCIe 4.0 ×16 (wired as ×4)
OCuLink Port
PCIe 4.0 ×4
PCIe 4.0 ×4
Cooling Features
Base CPU fan, copper pipes, rear dual fans
Base CPU fan, copper pipes, rear dual fans
Minisforum N5 Pro Review – Ports and Connections
The Minisforum N5 Pro offers a broad set of connectivity options designed to cater to a variety of deployment scenarios, from conventional NAS file sharing to more specialized compute and expansion use cases. On the rear panel, the system includes two dedicated Ethernet ports: one 10GbE RJ45 port based on the AQC113 controller, and a secondary 5GbE RJ45 port driven by a Realtek RTL8126.
Both ports support auto-negotiation and full-duplex operation, with the 10GbE interface capable of saturating high-speed networks for demanding workloads like multi-user file access, virtual machine networking, or high-resolution media streaming. Testing confirmed the ports could operate independently or together under link aggregation protocols provided by the installed OS. NIC activity LEDs are also front-mounted, providing clear visual feedback on link state and throughput. This dual-port setup makes it feasible to separate public and private subnets or configure failover for improved reliability in critical environments.
Beyond networking, the N5 Pro provides extensive high-speed peripheral and display interfaces. Two USB4 ports (with Alternate Mode DisplayPort 2.0 support) are located on the rear panel, each capable of delivering up to 20 Gbps and supporting external storage enclosures or even GPU enclosures over Thunderbolt/USB4. A single HDMI 2.1 FRL output is present, supporting up to 8K@60Hz or 4K@144Hz resolution for administrators who wish to attach a local display directly to the NAS for maintenance, media playback, or monitoring.
Additional USB ports include two USB 3.2 Gen2 ports and a legacy USB 2.0 port for basic peripherals. The USB4 interfaces can also facilitate high-speed direct transfers to and from supported devices, though these capabilities are more fully realized under MinisCloud OS than third-party platforms. This is a big deal and allows for 2 more DIRECT 20Gb/s clients to connect to the system via the 2x USB4 ports, as well as the 5GbE and 10GbE connection!
Additionally, the USB4 Port, thanks to earlier testing of this setup on the Minisforum X1 AI Pro, allow for a USB4 SSD drive to comfortably deliver 3000/1500MB/s for backups as needed.
Together, these ports make the N5 Pro unusually versatile compared to typical NAS devices that tend to offer only basic USB and HDMI output.
For users who require expansion beyond the system’s standard storage and networking options, the inclusion of a full-length PCIe Gen 4 ×16 slot (electrically wired as ×4) and an OCuLink PCIe Gen 4 ×4 port provides meaningful flexibility. The PCIe slot is accessible from within the chassis and supports a variety of cards, including additional NICs, AI accelerators, or storage controllers, while the OCuLink port offers external PCIe expansion for GPU enclosures or dedicated NVMe drive cages. I was able to install a 2x 10GbE NIC card into the PCIe slot AND still use the Oculink port for the Minisforum MGA1 eGPU! Software and SDriver support will be important, but nonetheless, this is some fantastic expandability and flexibility!
During testing, the OCuLink interface successfully interfaced with an external GPU, and appeared in the OS for passthrough to VMs, confirming its utility in advanced configurations. Minisforum’s choice to include both conventional PCIe and OCuLink enables users to adapt the system to evolving needs, whether for rendering tasks, AI workloads, or extending storage beyond the internal bays. This combination of high-speed networking, display output, and expansion interfaces demonstrates the system’s hybrid role as both a NAS and a general-purpose compute platform.
Minisforum N5 Pro Review – Software and Services
The Minisforum N5 Pro ships with a pre-installed operating system called MinisCloud OS, which runs from the included 64GB M.2 2230 SSD. Based on the FNOS platform, MinisCloud OS is a ZFS-enabled NAS operating system with a graphical web interface, mobile app support, and built-in services for media, backup, and collaboration. Users can choose to use MinisCloud OS out of the box or replace it entirely with third-party solutions such as TrueNAS, Unraid, or other Linux-based NAS distributions without voiding warranty coverage.
MinisCloud OS includes a desktop-accessible GUI, with menus covering storage management, RAID/ZFS pool creation, user and group permissions, Docker container deployment, and real-time monitoring. For users who prefer a turnkey NAS experience with minimal setup, MinisCloud OS provides a convenient starting point. However, it is worth noting that the OS is still maturing; some parts of the interface, particularly language localization and advanced feature polish, are clearly in active development.
At the core of MinisCloud OS is its ZFS-based storage engine, which enables advanced features such as snapshots, inline LZ4 compression, self-healing integrity checks, and instant rollback of data pools. The snapshot interface is intuitive and responsive, allowing users to schedule, lock, and restore snapshots at a per-pool level with minimal steps. Compression is enabled by default, improving storage efficiency, particularly for highly repetitive or archival datasets.
While ZFS support is a welcome inclusion, the implementation of some monitoring features—such as SSD temperature and SMART data for NVMe drives—remains inconsistent, as noted during testing. Despite these limitations, MinisCloud OS is capable of handling mixed drive types in flexible RAID configurations (RAID 0/1/5/6/10/RAIDZ), combining high-speed NVMe SSDs with large-capacity SATA drives for tiered storage strategies. The OS also supports secure access controls, allowing administrators to segment personal, shared, and public storage spaces.
Beyond storage, MinisCloud OS offers a suite of applications targeting home and small office users. Media services include a basic DLNA server, AI-driven photo library with face and object recognition, and a music streaming module. While the AI photo library benefits from the NPU in the N5 Pro, testing showed mixed accuracy in object recognition and indexing. Backup services include one-click PC/Mac backups, scheduled sync jobs, and encrypted sharing via link-based access.
Docker support is also integrated, enabling users to deploy isolated containers for third-party apps and services. While these features align the OS with other consumer NAS ecosystems, they do feel less polished than more mature platforms from competitors, and gaps such as lack of native iSCSI target creation or advanced security scanning were noticeable. MinisCloud OS seems best suited as a lightweight, user-friendly option for those who do not wish to invest time configuring a third-party OS but may not satisfy advanced enterprise users.
The inclusion of fully offline account creation and per-user container isolation demonstrates Minisforum’s efforts to balance privacy and flexibility. No cloud account is required to use the OS, and user isolation ensures that data in Docker containers remains segregated across different accounts. Public network traversal and encrypted external sharing are supported through the web portal, making it possible to access data from outside the local network securely.
Mobile apps for Android and iOS mirror the desktop web interface and allow remote access and basic administrative tasks. Nevertheless, limitations in feature depth and the still-developing language localization suggest that while MinisCloud OS is functional and a helpful starting point, serious users will want to transition to platforms like TrueNAS or Unraid to unlock the full potential of the hardware.
Feature
Details
Pre-installed OS
MinisCloud OS (based on FNOS, ZFS-based, Linux-compatible)
File System
ZFS with snapshots, inline LZ4 compression, self-healing checks
One-click PC/Mac backup, cloud sync, encrypted link sharing
Applications
AI photo library, DLNA media server, Docker container deployment
Mobile Apps
iOS and Android remote access clients
Expansion Ready
Compatible with TrueNAS, Unraid, Linux distros, no warranty void
Minisforum N5 Pro Review – Testing, Noise and Heat
In testing, the Minisforum N5 Pro demonstrated performance levels consistent with its workstation-class specifications, particularly in multi-threaded CPU tasks and mixed storage operations. Using TrueNAS and Unraid as alternative OS options during benchmarks, the system was able to sustain heavy virtual machine (VM) workloads without instability. The Ryzen AI 9 HX PRO 370 CPU maintained its advertised boost clocks of up to 5.1 GHz during short burst operations, while sustaining a lower but stable frequency under extended full-load scenarios. The 12 cores and 24 threads allowed deployment of up to 12 Windows VMs and multiple Linux containers concurrently, each with dedicated vCPUs and memory. Even with the CPU loaded at approximately 50%, overall system responsiveness remained acceptable, thanks in part to the large 96GB DDR5 memory pool available in the tested configuration. ECC support ensured no uncorrected memory errors were recorded throughout a 7-day continuous stress test, affirming the platform’s suitability for 24/7 environments.
Storage performance also met expectations, though it varied depending on drive type and configuration. The five SATA bays, populated with Seagate IronWolf HDDs and SATA SSDs, delivered consistent throughput in RAID 5 and RAID 6 pools, with sequential read speeds averaging 900–1000 MB/s and writes around 800 MB/s under ZFS.
NVMe performance was significantly higher: the two Gen 4 ×1 M.2 slots achieved sustained reads of approximately 1.7 GB/s and writes of 1.6 GB/s, while the single Gen 4 ×2 M.2 slot reached peak reads of 3.3 GB/s and writes of 3.1 GB/s, approaching the theoretical limits of the interface.
Transfer speeds between SSDs in mixed-slot configurations were observed at 1.2–1.3 GB/s, indicating some internal contention or chipset limitation at the aggregate level.
The U.2 adapter included with the unit allowed testing of enterprise-class SSDs, which performed within expected parameters, though thermals for these drives require attention in prolonged heavy write scenarios.
Network performance aligned with the hardware’s 10GbE and 5GbE capabilities. The AQC113-based 10GbE NIC saturated its link easily during single and multi-stream transfers, maintaining over 900 MB/s sustained throughput in SMB and iSCSI workloads. The secondary 5GbE port also performed well, delivering consistent ~480 MB/s transfers in environments where full 10GbE infrastructure was unavailable. Link aggregation configurations were tested using LACP, though practical benefits were limited due to single-client testing constraints. USB4 and OCuLink connections were tested using external NVMe enclosures and a GPU eGPU box, both of which enumerated properly in the OS and achieved PCIe-level throughput. These features open possibilities for specialized use cases, such as GPU passthrough to VMs or offloading compute-intensive tasks to external accelerators.
Thermal and acoustic performance were also evaluated under a variety of workloads. At idle, the N5 Pro maintained a noise floor of approximately 32–34 dBA with fans set to automatic, rising to 48–51 dBA when forced to maximum. This places it within an acceptable range for small office or homelab deployments. CPU temperatures stayed within safe operating limits, averaging 40–42°C at idle and peaking at 78–80°C under full load during VM and Plex transcoding stress tests.
Drive temperatures were generally stable, although the pre-installed 64GB OS SSD exhibited higher than ideal temperatures, reaching 60°C under prolonged access. Power draw varied significantly with workload: idle power consumption was around 32–34W, increasing to roughly 80W under combined heavy CPU, storage, and 10GbE load. These results confirm that the system is both efficient at idle and capable of scaling up when fully utilized.
Test Area
Results (N5 Pro, tested)
CPU Performance
Sustained 12 VMs + containers, ~50% CPU utilization at load
Idle: ~32–34W; peak: ~80W (I imagine this will comfortably/easily crack 100W with all threads assigned, but was unable to test this effectively in time for this review. I will add further to this later when it is tested and update/reflect it accordingly.)
Minisforum N5 Pro Review – Conclusion & Verdict
The Minisforum N5 Pro firmly establishes itself as a hybrid solution that blurs the lines between a high-performance NAS appliance and a compact workstation-class server. It combines server-grade processing, memory integrity features, and robust storage options in a footprint comparable to many consumer NAS systems. Equipped with the 12-core Ryzen AI 9 HX PRO 370 CPU, ECC-capable DDR5 memory support, an intelligent ZFS-ready storage architecture, and an unusually broad range of expansion options—including PCIe Gen 4 and OCuLink—the N5 Pro is clearly targeted at advanced users and small professional teams with more demanding and diversified workloads than those served by entry-level NAS units. In practical testing, the system proved capable of maintaining high multi-threaded performance during intensive virtualized environments, delivering consistent high-throughput over 10GbE networking, and retaining stable thermals even under extended peak activity. The compact, fully metal chassis design provides excellent serviceability and sufficient cooling despite the dense hardware configuration, while the support for both U.2 and M.2 enterprise-class SSDs further broadens its application to mixed storage, caching, and high-availability scenarios. However, while the bundled MinisCloud OS offers a wide feature set—including snapshots, AI-driven indexing, and containerization—it remains a relatively immature platform compared to industry standards like TrueNAS and Unraid. Users looking for long-term OS maturity and advanced ecosystem integration will likely opt to replace it with one of these more established alternatives, which is fully supported without affecting warranty coverage.
Potential buyers should consider carefully whether the specific advantages of the N5 Pro—namely, its additional CPU cores, ECC memory support, and AI-specific compute capabilities—justify its higher price over the standard N5 model, which offers identical storage and connectivity at a lower cost by using a more modest processor and omitting ECC. For workloads that include high-density virtualization, multi-user environments where data integrity is paramount, or AI-enhanced workflows such as photo indexing or local inference tasks, the Pro variant’s premium hardware is likely to pay dividends. On the other hand, for simpler NAS duties such as centralized backups, media streaming, and file sharing, the standard N5 offers nearly all of the same physical functionality for significantly less. It is also worth noting the few limitations that arose during testing: the external PSU design may not appeal to all users; the thermal behavior of the bundled 64GB OS SSD suggests it should be upgraded for sustained use; and the unfinished aspects of MinisCloud OS—particularly its localization, advanced monitoring, and some missing enterprise-grade protocols—leave room for refinement. None of these are deal-breaking, but they highlight that this system is best suited for technically confident users who plan to fully exploit its hardware capabilities. Taken together, the N5 Pro stands out as a capable and flexible NAS platform, offering a level of performance and configurability rarely seen at this scale. For those willing to invest the time to install and tune their preferred OS and storage strategy, it represents one of the more forward-thinking and technically ambitious NAS options currently available. For users seeking a fully polished, plug-and-play appliance experience, however, more mature offerings from Synology, QNAP, or Asustor may still be the better fit for their needs.
PROS of the Minisforum N5 Pro
CONS of the Minisforum N5 Pro
High-performance AMD Ryzen AI 9 HX PRO 370 CPU with 12 cores, 24 threads, and AI acceleration (50 TOPS NPU) is INCREDIBLE for a compact desktop purchase
Support for up to 96GB DDR5 memory with ECC, ensuring data integrity and stability in critical environments
ZFS-ready storage with numerous ZFS and TRADITIONAL RAID configurations, snapshots, and inline compression
Hybrid storage support: five 3.5″/2.5″ SATA bays plus three NVMe/U.2 SSD slots, with up to 144TB total capacity
Versatile expansion options including PCIe Gen 4 ×16 slot (×4 electrical) and OCuLink port for GPUs or NVMe cages
Dual high-speed networking: 10GbE and 5GbE RJ45 ports with link aggregation support + (using the inclusive MinisCloud OS) the use of the USB4 ports for direct PC/Mac connection!
Fully metal, compact, and serviceable chassis with thoughtful cooling and accessible internal layout – makes maintenance, upgrades and troubleshooting a complete breeze!
Compatibility with third-party OSes (TrueNAS, Unraid, Linux) without voiding warranty, offering flexibility for advanced users
MinisCloud OS is functional but immature, with unfinished localisation and limited advanced enterprise features – lacks MFA, iSCSI, Security Scanner and More. Nails several key fundamentals, but still feels unfinished at this time.
Despite External PSU design (will already annoy some users), it generates a lot of additional heat and may not appeal to all users overall
Preinstalled 64GB OS SSD runs hot under sustained use and lacks dedicated cooling. Plus, losing one of the 3 m.2 slots to it will not please everyone (most brands manage to find a way to apply an eMMC into the board more directly, or use a USB bootloader option as a gateway for their OS
Premium $1000+ pricing may be hard to justify for users who don’t need ECC memory or AI capabilities compared to the standard N5 at $500+
IMPORTANT – Below are the links to the OFFICIAL Minisforum site to buy the N5 and N5 Pro. However, using these links does not support us (i.e we do not get an affiliate fee). We want you to buy this device from whichever retailer best suits your needs, but we hope you are able to support the work we do (such as this review and our YouTube channel) but using the links above for your storage media, or any other data storage/network solution purchase.
This description contains links to Amazon. These links will take you to some of the products mentioned in today's content. As an Amazon Associate, I earn from qualifying purchases. Visit the NASCompares Deal Finder to find the best place to buy this device in your region, based on Service, Support and Reputation - Just Search for your NAS Drive in the Box Below
Need Advice on Data Storage from an Expert?
Finally, for free advice about your setup, just leave a message in the comments below here at NASCompares.com and we will get back to you.Need Help?
Where possible (and where appropriate) please provide as much information about your requirements, as then I can arrange the best answer and solution to your needs. Do not worry about your e-mail address being required, it will NOT be used in a mailing list and will NOT be used in any way other than to respond to your enquiry.
[contact-form-7]
TRY CHAT Terms and Conditions
If you like this service, please consider supporting us.
We use affiliate links on the blog allowing NAScompares information and advice service to be free of charge to you.Anything you purchase on the day you click on our links will generate a small commission which isused to run the website. Here is a link for Amazon and B&H.You can also get me a Ko-fi or old school Paypal. Thanks!To find out more about how to support this advice service checkHEREIf you need to fix or configure a NAS, check FiverHave you thought about helping others with your knowledge? Find Instructions Here
Or support us by using our affiliate links on Amazon UK and Amazon US
Alternatively, why not ask me on the ASK NASCompares forum, by clicking the button below. This is a community hub that serves as a place that I can answer your question, chew the fat, share new release information and even get corrections posted. I will always get around to answering ALL queries, but as a one-man operation, I cannot promise speed! So by sharing your query in the ASK NASCompares section below, you can get a better range of solutions and suggestions, alongside my own.
Best NAS You Can Buy Right Now (Mid-2025) for Under $249
As personal data storage needs continue to grow in 2025, more users are seeking cost-effective alternatives to cloud services and monthly subscription platforms. Whether you’re backing up years of photos, hosting your own video library, or managing light business data locally, a dedicated NAS (Network Attached Storage) device offers greater privacy and control without recurring fees. Fortunately, the sub-$249 price point now includes a variety of surprisingly capable systems. Thanks to developments in low-power processors, DDR5 memory adoption, and more efficient operating systems, these devices can now handle everything from Plex streaming to light container workloads with relative ease. In this article, we explore five NAS solutions currently available at or below this price point, offering a balance of performance, connectivity, and storage potential for those looking to build their own storage solution on a modest budget.
Important Disclaimer and Notes Before You Buy!
Before diving into the specific NAS models, it’s important to understand the limitations and shared characteristics of devices in this price range. Most sub-$249 NAS units do not include any hard drives or SSDs, and many rely on M.2 NVMe slots or 2.5″/3.5″ SATA bays that must be populated separately. Some models ship with basic onboard storage (e.g., 32GB–64GB eMMC) sufficient only for the operating system. As such, the actual cost of getting a fully operational NAS with adequate storage for your needs may exceed the base unit price. Buyers should also be aware that these devices are best suited for home users, personal cloud use, and entry-level tasks, rather than intensive business or enterprise workloads. Additionally, several of the devices covered in this list do not come with a full-featured NAS operating system. Instead, they either rely on lightweight Linux-based platforms like CasaOS or ZimaOS, or they provide a basic UI designed for local file access and container management. While these OS options are improving in terms of user-friendliness, they may lack advanced features like comprehensive RAID management, automated snapshots, or multi-user file permission systems found in higher-end platforms like Synology DSM or TrueNAS. These NAS units are most appropriate for users with some technical confidence, or for those looking for a basic plug-and-play setup with limited customization needs.
Beelink ME Mini NAS – 6 Bay SSD NAS
$209– Intel N150 – 12GB – No SSD (64GB eMMC Only) – 2x 2.5GbE + WiFi 6 – No OS / User Install – BUY HERE
The Beelink ME Mini is a compact NAS device aimed at users who want high-speed, SSD-based storage in a minimal footprint. Measuring just 99mm on each side, it features six M.2 2280 NVMe slots, providing up to 24TB of total capacity when fully populated. Powered by the Intel N150 processor and paired with 12GB of LPDDR5 memory, it offers a decent balance between performance and energy efficiency. Connectivity is handled via dual 2.5GbE LAN ports, WiFi 6, and Bluetooth 5.2, making it suitable for both wired and wireless environments. The unit is cooled passively and contains an integrated power supply, reducing cable clutter and making it ideal for placement in home media setups or small offices.
However, the device does not include an operating system, and users will need to install a preferred NAS OS themselves — whether that’s CasaOS, Ubuntu Server, or something container-based. There’s also no bundled storage beyond the 64GB eMMC system partition, so the overall cost will rise depending on your NVMe selections. It lacks support for traditional 3.5″ or 2.5″ SATA drives, making this NAS most suitable for users seeking a quiet, SSD-only setup with strong networking performance and flexibility for custom OS installation.
The GMKTec G9 offers similar internal hardware to the Beelink ME Mini, including the same Intel N150 processor and 12GB of LPDDR5 memory, but with a more rectangular chassis and fewer SSD slots — four instead of six. The system includes 64GB of onboard eMMC storage, primarily used for booting Ubuntu 24.10, with the option to dual-boot into Windows 11 if a suitable SSD is installed. Like the Beelink, it lacks traditional SATA support and focuses on high-speed NVMe storage via M.2 2280 slots, up to 4TB per drive. The unit is cooled actively and includes dual HDMI outputs, making it more appealing for those who may want to use it as a lightweight desktop or media output device in addition to a NAS.
One of the notable differences is its broader OS support and better I/O variety, including three USB 3.2 ports and a DisplayPort-capable USB-C connector. This NAS is best suited to users looking for a more configurable or multi-purpose system with better visual output options. However, as with the Beelink, users must add their own NVMe storage, and setup requires a basic understanding of system boot configuration and OS installation. Note – this one GETS HOT, so get SSD heatsinks and ensure a good active airflow wherever you deploy it!
Component
Specification
CPU
Intel N150 (4 cores, up to 3.6 GHz)
Memory
12GB LPDDR5
Internal Storage
64GB eMMC + 4x M.2 2280 NVMe slots
Networking
2x 2.5GbE LAN, WiFi 6, Bluetooth 5.2
Ports
3x USB 3.2, 1x Type-C (DP), 2x HDMI, Audio
OS
Ubuntu 24.10 by default, dual-boot capable
Dimensions
146.6 x 100.25 x 38.75 mm
Synology BeeStation 4TB NAS – ALL IN ONE!
$199 – Realtek RTD1619B – 1GB – 4TB SINGLE BAY – 1x 1GbE – BeeStation Manager (BSM) – BUY HERE
The Synology BeeStation 4TB is a fully integrated, single-bay NAS aimed squarely at users who want a no-setup-required solution. Unlike most NAS devices in this price range, it comes pre-configured with a 4TB internal hard drive and a sealed chassis, meaning users don’t need to source or install any storage themselves. It runs on a Realtek RTD1619B ARM-based processor, includes 1GB of DDR4 memory, and connects over a single 1GbE port. The included BeeStation Manager (BSM) OS is designed specifically for beginners, offering cloud-style file access, photo management, and mobile app integration with minimal technical effort.
This NAS is best suited to individuals or households that want a simple local backup and file-sharing solution that behaves more like a smart external hard drive than a customizable NAS. It supports basic multimedia functions, Synology mobile apps, and remote access features, but does not allow for internal expansion or RAID redundancy. The included USB-A and USB-C ports can be used for manual backups to external drives. However, because it’s a sealed single-drive unit with no RAID options, users should plan to back up to another location—either cloud or USB—to ensure data protection. Despite these limitations, its all-in-one design, 3-year warranty, and simple user experience make it one of the few truly plug-and-play NAS systems under $250.
Component
Specification
CPU
Realtek RTD1619B (Quad-core ARM)
Memory
1GB DDR4
Internal Storage
4TB HDD (included, sealed)
Networking
1x 1GbE LAN
Ports
1x USB-A 3.2 Gen 1, 1x USB-C 3.2 Gen 1
OS
Synology BeeStation Manager (BSM)
Dimensions
148 x 62.6 x 196.3 mm
UGREEN NASync DXP2800 NAS – The New Challenger!
$249 – Intel N100 – 8GB – No Storage (32GB eMMC) – 1x 2.5GbE – UGOS Pro – BUY HERE
The UGREEN DXP2800 is part of the company’s NASync lineup, aimed at users who want a blend of expandability and affordability. It combines the practicality of traditional HDD storage with the performance benefits of SSDs, offering two 3.5″ SATA bays alongside two M.2 NVMe SSD slots for faster caching or active data operations. At the heart of the system is an Intel N100 processor, a 12th-generation quad-core chip from Intel’s energy-efficient N-series lineup, which supports both basic virtualization and multimedia streaming. This is paired with 8GB of DDR5 memory, non-ECC but upgradable, and a 32GB eMMC used solely for the preloaded UGOS Pro operating system. Connectivity is handled through a single 2.5GbE LAN port and a mix of USB ports on both front and rear panels — including USB-C and 10Gbps-capable USB-A. UGOS Pro, while relatively new, features a clean web-based interface with container support, RAID management (0, 1, JBOD), remote file sharing, and basic multimedia services.
While it lacks the ecosystem polish of Synology DSM or QNAP QTS, it is one of the few turnkey options in this price range that supports both SSD and HDD usage in a flexible, non-proprietary layout. However, buyers should still account for the need to install their own drives and configure the storage pools manually. It’s a solid balance of raw hardware potential and modest software capability for users willing to manage their setup beyond the initial boot.
$199 – Intel N150 – 8GB – No Storage (32GB eMMC) – 2x 2.5GbE – ZimaOS – BUY HERE
The ZimaBoard 2 (832) is a low-profile, single-board NAS platform designed for flexibility and modularity rather than out-of-the-box convenience. Unlike traditional NAS systems with enclosures and tool-less drive bays, this unit is a bare embedded board that offers direct access to interfaces for those who want to build or customize their own setup. It is powered by the same Intel N150 quad-core processor used in other compact NAS systems, paired here with 8GB of LPDDR5x memory and 32GB of onboard eMMC storage for its pre-installed ZimaOS. This board features two powered SATA 3.0 ports, making it one of the few sub-$250 NAS options that supports HDDs natively without requiring USB-to-SATA adapters or expansion modules.
In terms of connectivity, the ZimaBoard 2 includes dual 2.5GbE LAN ports, USB 3.1, a PCIe 3.0 x4 slot, and a Mini DisplayPort output supporting 4K60 video. While the PCIe slot expands potential use cases (e.g., additional networking, storage, or accelerator cards), most users will opt to use the SATA ports for reliable storage first. The board is passively cooled with a large integrated heatsink and operates silently, but thermal performance may vary based on enclosure design and ambient temperature. It is particularly well-suited to DIY users looking to build a lightweight NAS, firewall, media server, or container host. ZimaOS includes a web-based UI and supports CasaOS and Linux-based OS alternatives, but configuration still requires basic familiarity with system setup and storage configuration. It’s not intended for users looking for plug-and-play simplicity, but rather those who want total control over their NAS hardware and software environment.
Component
Specification
CPU
Intel N150 (4 cores, up to 3.6GHz)
Memory
8GB LPDDR5x
Internal Storage
32GB eMMC + 2x SATA 3.0 (powered)
Networking
2x 2.5GbE LAN
Ports
2x USB 3.1, Mini DisplayPort, PCIe 3.0 x4
OS
ZimaOS (also supports CasaOS, Linux distros)
Dimensions
140 x 83 x 31 mm
Each of the NAS options presented here offers a different balance of hardware, expandability, and ease of use, while remaining under the $249 price threshold. Users who prefer pre-configured simplicity may lean toward the Synology BeeStation, while those seeking customization and SSD-focused performance might opt for the Beelink ME Mini or GMKTec G9. The UGREEN DXP2800 provides hybrid storage flexibility with a more developed software interface, and the ZimaBoard 2 appeals to technically inclined users who want complete control over their system stack. While no single device is perfect, all five represent viable paths toward local data ownership and self-hosted media or backup solutions without breaking the bank.
This description contains links to Amazon. These links will take you to some of the products mentioned in today's content. As an Amazon Associate, I earn from qualifying purchases. Visit the NASCompares Deal Finder to find the best place to buy this device in your region, based on Service, Support and Reputation - Just Search for your NAS Drive in the Box Below
Need Advice on Data Storage from an Expert?
Finally, for free advice about your setup, just leave a message in the comments below here at NASCompares.com and we will get back to you.Need Help?
Where possible (and where appropriate) please provide as much information about your requirements, as then I can arrange the best answer and solution to your needs. Do not worry about your e-mail address being required, it will NOT be used in a mailing list and will NOT be used in any way other than to respond to your enquiry.
[contact-form-7]
TRY CHAT Terms and Conditions
If you like this service, please consider supporting us.
We use affiliate links on the blog allowing NAScompares information and advice service to be free of charge to you.Anything you purchase on the day you click on our links will generate a small commission which isused to run the website. Here is a link for Amazon and B&H.You can also get me a Ko-fi or old school Paypal. Thanks!To find out more about how to support this advice service checkHEREIf you need to fix or configure a NAS, check FiverHave you thought about helping others with your knowledge? Find Instructions Here
Or support us by using our affiliate links on Amazon UK and Amazon US
Alternatively, why not ask me on the ASK NASCompares forum, by clicking the button below. This is a community hub that serves as a place that I can answer your question, chew the fat, share new release information and even get corrections posted. I will always get around to answering ALL queries, but as a one-man operation, I cannot promise speed! So by sharing your query in the ASK NASCompares section below, you can get a better range of solutions and suggestions, alongside my own.
The Aoostar WTR Max is a compact, AMD-powered NAS platform aimed at advanced users seeking a balance between high-density storage and compute capabilities. Designed as a substantial upgrade over the earlier WTR Pro model, it offers support for up to eleven total drives, including six SATA bays and five M.2 NVMe slots, all within a small desktop-style chassis. At its core is the AMD Ryzen 7 PRO 8845HS processor, featuring eight cores and sixteen threads, a 5.1 GHz boost clock, and integrated Radeon 780M graphics. The system also supports ECC memory configurations and is cooled by a multi-zone, vapor-chamber-based solution designed to accommodate extended uptime. Unlike many branded NAS systems, the WTR Max does not ship with a proprietary OS, instead encouraging users to install Linux-based distributions such as TrueNAS SCALE or Proxmox. With features like dual 10GbE SFP+ ports, an OCuLink expansion port, and USB4, the unit is aimed at homelab operators, multimedia professionals, and technically proficient users looking for a customizable and high-performance alternative to locked-down NAS appliances.
The Aoostar WTR MAX Nas is available from the following places:
The Aoostar WTR Max stands out as a rare blend of high storage density, advanced connectivity, and raw compute performance in a compact NAS form factor, making it well-suited for experienced users seeking a versatile, self-managed platform. With support for up to 11 drives—six SATA and five NVMe Gen 4—paired with an enterprise-grade Ryzen 7 PRO 8845HS CPU and ECC memory compatibility, the system offers workstation-class capabilities for storage-heavy workflows, including virtualization, multimedia processing, and hybrid file serving. Dual 10GbE SFP+ and dual 2.5GbE ports provide ample bandwidth for multi-user access or isolated subnet roles, while the OCuLink interface enables high-speed external expansion, compensating for the absence of a traditional PCIe slot. Additional benefits like a fully customizable LCD status display, low fan noise, and consistently low thermals under load reinforce the system’s value in 24/7 deployments.
However, the WTR Max does present some caveats—namely, internal NVMe cross-performance appears constrained by shared bandwidth, and the lack of an internal PCIe slot could be limiting for users requiring more conventional upgrade paths. The LCD panel’s configuration software also proved cumbersome, raising security flags and requiring manual IP client setup, which may deter less technically inclined users. Lastly, the use of an external 280W PSU—while effective—won’t appeal to those expecting internal power integration in a workstation-style chassis. Nonetheless, for users who value full control over their NAS stack and want to avoid restrictive ecosystems, the WTR Max delivers a rare combination of hardware freedom and scalability that few turnkey systems offer in this price and size category.
BUILD QUALITY - 10/10
HARDWARE - 10/10
PERFORMANCE - 8/10
PRICE - 9/10
VALUE - 9/10
9.2
PROS
High Storage Density in Compact Form Supports up to 11 drives (6x SATA + 5x NVMe) in a desktop-sized chassis, ideal for users with large-scale storage needs but limited physical space. Enterprise-Class CPU with ECC Support AMD Ryzen 7 PRO 8845HS offers 8C/16T performance, ECC memory support, and integrated RDNA 3 graphics—rare at this price and size. Dual 10GbE SFP+ and Dual 2.5GbE Networking Provides flexible, high-throughput networking for content creators, virtual environments, or advanced home labs. Strong Virtualization and Transcoding Performance Smooth Proxmox VM hosting and real-time Plex 4K/8K transcoding using Radeon 780M hardware acceleration. OCuLink PCIe Expansion Port Enables high-speed external storage or GPU support without sacrificing internal NVMe bandwidth. Customizable LCD Monitoring Panel Real-time display of system metrics (CPU, RAM, network, storage) with theme options, useful for headless setups. Robust Cooling System with Vapor Chamber Glacier Pro 1.0 design keeps thermals in check across four fans and distinct airflow zones; low fan noise even under load. Open Software Ecosystem No proprietary OS or restrictions; supports TrueNAS, Unraid, Proxmox, or Linux-based setups for full admin control.
CONS
Limited Internal NVMe Cross-Throughput Inter-M.2 transfer speeds are capped (~500–600 MB/s), possibly due to shared chipset lanes or controller design. No Internal PCIe Slot Expansion is limited to OCuLink; users needing traditional PCIe cards (e.g., GPUs or HBAs) may find this restrictive. LCD Panel Software Can Be Problematic Configuration software raised browser security flags and requires static IP client setup, making it less accessible. External Power Brick Only 280W external PSU is functional but not ideal for rackmount or integrated enclosures; some users may prefer internal ATX power.
Synology DiskStation DS124 1-Bay 3.5inch Diskless 1xGbE NAS (Tower), Realtek RTD Amazon USA 22.85 OFF (WAS 230) [LINK] QNAP TS-233-US 2 Bay Affordable Desktop NAS with ARM Cortex-A55 Quad-core Proces Amazon USA 22.19 OFF (WAS 260) [LINK] Asustor Drivestor 2 Pro Gen2 AS3302T v2, 2 Bay NAS, 1.7GHz Quad-Core, 2.5GbE Por Amazon USA 15 OFF (WAS 270) [LINK] Asustor Drivestor 4 Pro Gen2 AS3304T v2, 4 Bay NAS, 1.7GHz Quad-Core, 2.5GbE Por Amazon USA 19 OFF (WAS 340) [LINK] TS-216G, 2-Bay NAS, Quad-core CPU, 2.5GbE, 4GB RAM Amazon USA 17.25 OFF (WAS 528) [LINK]
These Offers are Checked Daily
Aoostar WTR Max NAS Review – Design & Storage
Physically, the Aoostar WTR Max is housed in a full-metal anodized aluminum alloy chassis that balances structural rigidity with passive thermal conductivity. The exterior finish is minimal but functional, offering side ventilation cutouts and removable access panels secured with thumb screws. Despite its relatively compact form factor for an 11-bay NAS system, the unit features six front-facing drive trays, each supporting 3.5-inch or 2.5-inch SATA drives.
These trays use a click-and-load design—no tools required—which simplifies drive installation and replacement. During prolonged hands-on testing, the trays handled both consumer-grade HDDs and Synology enterprise-class drives without mechanical or airflow restricting conflict, making compatibility a non-issue for most users. The structural alignment of the trays channels cool air from bottom-front intake vents across the drives and out the rear via dual exhaust fans, ensuring thermal separation between the storage and compute areas even during continuous multi-drive operation.
Beyond the six SATA bays, the WTR Max incorporates five PCIe Gen 4 M.2 NVMe 2280 slots, enabling dense solid-state storage directly on the mainboard and modular trays. Four of these are mounted within a vertically oriented, removable tray situated at the end of the main drive bay stack. This spring-loaded tray resembles modular SSD carriers found in more expensive enterprise-grade systems and allows for rapid SSD swaps or upgrades. Also, each of the 4 m.2 slots on this 7th bay still had room for a standard m.2 heatsink too!
The fifth M.2 slot is positioned horizontally on the motherboard base, adjacent to the DDR5 SODIMM slots and covered by an active cooling fan. Of the five slots, two run at PCIe Gen 4 x1 and two at Gen 4 x2, with the fifth—on the motherboard—also supporting Gen 4 x2. Testing confirmed sufficient physical clearance for installing large NVMe heatsinks on all slots, and SSDs remained within optimal temperature ranges even under sustained I/O workloads.
Internally, the SATA subsystem is controlled via an ASMedia ASM1166 controller operating over a PCIe Gen 3 x2 interface, capable of delivering up to 2GB/s total throughput across all six bays. This bandwidth is sufficient for both HDD arrays and SATA SSDs, and is particularly well-suited for software-managed RAID configurations in Linux-based OSes such as Unraid, TrueNAS, or OpenMediaVault.
During testing, mixed workloads involving simultaneous read/write access across multiple HDDs and SSDs were handled without observable I/O queueing or temperature spikes. Drive temperatures averaged between 38°C and 45°C during a 24-hour benchmark run, with airflow guided from the bottom intake and over the storage chamber by the dual rear exhaust fans—ensuring consistent cooling across all drive positions, even during power-on-demand cycles triggered by scheduled remote backups.
The design of the seventh modular tray holding four of the M.2 NVMe slots is particularly noteworthy. Rather than opting for fixed PCB slots that require full disassembly for access, Aoostar implemented a removable cartridge system similar to those found in rack-mounted server appliances. This tray locks in place without screws, and its spring-loaded retention system provides firm pressure on runners inside once installed beneath the SSDs. This is a very smooth ejection and injection system for this extra bay!
Air is directed over this tray by the two rear-mounted fans, with additional airflow routed from below via the central fan on the base of the chassis. In testing, even under back-to-back file transfer tests using Unraid’s file mover and native benchmark tools, SSD temperatures rarely exceeded 48°C. The inclusion of independent airflow for the NVMe zone demonstrates thoughtful separation of thermal domains within the small enclosure, reducing the chance of thermal throttling during concurrent high-speed transfers.
The drive configuration options available on the WTR Max support a flexible tiered storage approach—useful in both home lab and small office environments. For instance, the six SATA bays can accommodate high-capacity HDDs (up to 24TB each), suitable for media archiving or surveillance video, while the M.2 slots can be allocated for fast read/write operations, app deployments, or SSD caching layers. Real-world bandwidth testing of these drives showed the Gen 4 x1 slots achieving around 1.6GB/s read speeds and the Gen 4 x2 slots reaching 2.9GB/s, aligning with their advertised capabilities.
Although inter-M.2 transfer rates peaked at 500–600MB/s—suggesting internal lane bottlenecks (i.e sending data between each of the 4 m.2 on this 7th bay) —the system still provided consistent and predictable performance. This architecture supports phased upgrades, allowing users to populate the system gradually based on workload growth without disassembling core components or compromising airflow design.
Aoostar WTR Max NAS Review – Internal Hardware
At the core of the Aoostar WTR Max lies the AMD Ryzen 7 PRO 8845HS processor, an 8-core, 16-thread chip built on the Zen 4 architecture using TSMC’s 4nm process. This processor, operating with a base clock of 3.8 GHz and boosting up to 5.1 GHz, is typically found in business-class notebooks and embedded workstations. Its inclusion in a NAS-oriented device marks a shift toward more versatile and compute-intensive roles for compact systems.
It also supports configurable TDPs of 35W, 45W, and up to 54W, depending on cooling and power profiles, allowing the system to balance efficiency and performance based on workload. Integrated Radeon 780M graphics, based on the RDNA 3 architecture with 12 compute units, deliver hardware-accelerated AV1, HEVC, and H.264 encoding and decoding. During stress testing, the WTR Max handled simultaneous 4K and 8K video transcoding jobs in Plex with CPU usage remaining below 50%, thanks in part to hardware transcoding support via the integrated GPU. This level of onboard media processing is rare in NAS systems, even among high-end appliances.
In terms of memory support, the device offers two DDR5-5600 SODIMM slots, allowing for up to 128GB of total RAM. More notably, the platform supports ECC (Error Correcting Code) memory when paired with compatible modules—an enterprise-grade feature typically limited to workstation-class motherboards. While the review unit shipped with 32GB of standard DDR5 memory, ECC compatibility was verified via low-level SSH diagnostics and BIOS interrogation, confirming that ECC is fully operational at the hardware level.
During tests involving Proxmox, six Windows 10 virtual machines and two Ubuntu VMs ran concurrently, with each VM allocated 2 to 4 vCPUs and 2 to 4 GB of memory. No instability or memory-related errors were recorded, and the system maintained consistent performance under variable load conditions. The side-by-side DIMM slot arrangement benefits from direct airflow via the base intake fan, which also provides passive cooling to the adjacent motherboard-mounted NVMe SSD slot.
Thermal performance is managed by Aoostar’s proprietary Glacier Pro 1.0 cooling solution, which integrates a vapor chamber heat spreader on the CPU and a multi-fan chassis ventilation layout. The vapor chamber, paired with a low-profile active cooler, rapidly disperses thermal load from the CPU across the copper plate, minimizing heat concentration during burst operations. The system features four fans: one at the base pulling intake air upward across the motherboard, two rear-mounted exhaust fans, and one CPU-mounted blower. Each thermal zone—CPU, NVMe tray, and SATA chamber—benefits from isolated airflow paths.
During a 24-hour access schedule test simulating hourly user activity, CPU temperatures ranged from 35°C at idle to 49°C under peak load with 10GbE transfers and active virtual machines. Even when pushing the system with forced maximum fan speed and high CPU utilization, recorded noise output remained within 43–44 dBA, with a base idle level of 35–38 dBA.
For a system with this many internal components—including six HDDs, five SSDs, and four fans—the acoustic footprint was relatively modest, especially considering the close thermal spacing and the volume of air moved internally.
Component
Specification
CPU
AMD Ryzen 7 PRO 8845HS (8C/16T, 3.8–5.1 GHz, Zen 4, 4nm, 35–54W configurable TDP)
Integrated Graphics
Radeon 780M (RDNA 3, 12 CUs, up to 2.7 GHz, AV1/HEVC/H.264 support, HW transcoding)
Memory
2x DDR5-5600 SODIMM slots, up to 128GB total, ECC support (validated)
Cooling System
Glacier Pro 1.0: Vapor chamber, 4 fans (rear x2, base intake x1, CPU x1)
Thermal Range
35°C idle, 47–49°C under load; 43–44 dBA max, 35–38 dBA typical fan noise
Power Supply
280W external PSU; power draw tested: 18W (idle, no drives), 73–89W peak loaded
Aoostar WTR Max NAS Review – Ports and Connections
The Aoostar WTR Max provides an unusually extensive networking suite for a system of its size, offering both high-speed and multi-interface flexibility. The two Intel X710-based 10GbE SFP+ ports support full duplex operation, making them ideal for NAS-to-NAS replication, large-scale Plex libraries, or multi-user editing environments via shared storage. These ports were tested using iPerf3 and real-world file transfers between NVMe pools and a 10GbE-connected workstation, showing stable saturation of the interface without fluctuation. As these are SFP, users are going to have to factor in tranceivers or DAC cables with tranceivers included), but as these two ports are so close together, using SFP-to-RJ45 adapters is going to be a question of temperature monitoring.
In addition, two 2.5GbE RJ45 Ethernet ports are available, which can be used in a variety of configurations including link aggregation, VLAN assignment, or as out-of-band management interfaces. The coexistence of fiber-based and copper-based networking within the same unit opens deployment to both consumer and prosumer setups. During tests, the user assigned one 2.5GbE interface to general network access while isolating 10GbE traffic to storage-only communication, demonstrating flexibility in segmentation.
USB and high-speed peripheral connectivity is equally comprehensive. The front of the device houses a USB 4.0 port, which supports Thunderbolt-like bandwidths (up to 40Gbps), display passthrough, and power delivery—making it suitable for external drive arrays, video output, or even docking stations. Next to it, a standard USB-C port and USB 3.2 Gen 1 Type-A port provide backward compatibility for legacy peripherals. On the rear, two USB 3.2 Gen 2 Type-A ports were used during testing for attaching external backup drives and a keyboard/mouse combo during Proxmox installation.
All ports were recognized without driver conflicts in both Linux and Windows-based environments. The device also includes a microSD slot on the front, which proved useful for OS boot media, diagnostics, or fast access to camera footage. In the test scenario, the slot was used to quickly transfer small image files to the Plex container, and performance aligned with UHS-I speeds. This wide array of port options allows users to operate the WTR Max in both network-only and semi-local scenarios, such as multimedia servers with attached peripherals.
A standout feature in this device’s connectivity suite is the OCuLink port, which provides a PCIe 4.0 x4 interface for external expansion. This port was successfully used to attach an NVMe enclosure using a M.2-to-OCuLink bridge, allowing high-speed external storage without interfering with internal NVMe bandwidth allocation. Although hot-swapping is not supported, the stability and speed of the external connection matched internal Gen 4 performance. This is a notable advantage for users who require flexible expansion or temporary scratch drives without opening the chassis.
In the review scenario, the OCuLink port was also noted as a potential bridge to add GPU acceleration, external PCIe networking, or SAS HBA expansion—though Aoostar provides no internal PCIe slot, making the external route the only PCIe-level expansion path. This design choice reflects a compromise between size and flexibility, prioritizing I/O density over internal modularity. That said, oculink is not for everyone! And additional adapters such as eGPU are going to be needed if you are looking at upgrading network performance and are going to drastically increase your spend compared with traditional PCIe upgrades!
For users requiring local video output or dual-purpose NAS/workstation functionality, the WTR Max includes a rear-mounted HDMI 2.1 port supporting up to 4K at 240Hz, in addition to display-capable USB4 and USB-C ports depending on OS support. In practice, during Proxmox and Unraid testing, HDMI video output was used for initial OS installation and local monitoring. This can be useful for deployments involving virtual desktops, docker-based dashboards, or kiosk-style media servers. Audio is handled through a 3.5mm output jack, functional in Linux environments once the relevant drivers are installed.
On the front of the unit, Aoostar has implemented a customizable LCD display, accessible via proprietary software. While the software itself presented download warnings in some browsers and required IP-specific client setup, once configured it displayed real-time statistics such as CPU temperature, RAM usage, network throughput, and storage status. Multiple themes are included (e.g., cyberpunk, minimal, and stat-based), and the panel can be toggled on/off depending on user preference. Although not essential, the display provides a level of visual diagnostics uncommon in this product tier. This was the only area of the review that I found inconsistent and messy! Tapping into this specific internal IP, as well as using an application that was being flagged constantly by my windows system, AND trying to do this with the NAS behind 3 layers of network (my own setup) was not smooth. Additionally, although the LCD panel templates were useful, they did seem to contain a lot of copyright imagery (Cyberpunk, Pacman, etc) and I would question the comiance from their source! Hopefully this LCD control and customization gets smoothed out soon, as well as the app finishes it’s windows certification at least.
2x USB 3.2 Gen 2 Type-A (rear), 1x USB 3.2 Gen 1 Type-A (front), 1x USB4 (front), 1x USB Type-C
Expansion Ports
1x OCuLink (PCIe 4.0 x4, external NVMe or GPU support, not hot-swappable), 1x MicroSD slot
Video Output
1x HDMI 2.1 (up to 4K @ 240Hz), USB4 and USB-C video-out supported by OS
Audio
1x 3.5mm headphone jack (Linux compatible with correct drivers)
Front Panel Display
LCD screen with real-time stats, theme selection, IP-based configuration client
Aoostar WTR Max NAS Review – Performance and Testing
The Aoostar WTR Max underwent a series of tests spanning disk benchmarks, live file transfers, mixed storage scenarios, and sustained uptime evaluations to assess its practical capabilities across NAS, virtualization, and media applications. In synthetic disk tests, the PCIe Gen 4 x1 NVMe slots delivered consistent read speeds of ~1.6 GB/s and write speeds just under 1.5 GB/s, while the Gen 4 x2 slots achieved peak sequential performance of ~2.9 GB/s read and ~2.8 GB/s write, aligning well with expected lane bandwidth.
These figures were observed under both Windows and Linux environments, using CrystalDiskMark and ATTO. However, during internal NVMe-to-NVMe copy operations—across both like-for-like (x2 to x2) and mixed (x1 to x2) configurations—transfer rates plateaued around 550 MB/s. This suggests the presence of a shared bus or controller limitation not disclosed by the vendor, though the speeds remained consistent with no unexpected drops. Importantly, SSD temperatures stayed within thermal spec, typically ranging from 38°C to 45°C under sustained use, aided by both airflow and full-sized heatsink compatibility.
For networking performance, the system’s dual 10GbE SFP+ interfaces were subjected to direct iPerf3 stress tests and real-world copy operations involving both SATA and NVMe-based storage arrays. Both ports reached saturation—approximately 9.5 Gbps—under bidirectional iPerf3 tests with no jitter or packet loss, even during simultaneous Plex streaming and background drive activity. SMB transfers of large 4K video files to a remote 10GbE-equipped workstation routinely exceeded 1.1 GB/s sustained, indicating that the system’s storage and network layers were well-aligned.
The two 2.5GbE RJ45 ports were also tested as either bridged interfaces in Proxmox or as failover backups, with VLAN tagging and static routing configured via systemd-networkd. No conflicts or bottlenecks were detected, even when running scheduled backups over one NIC while media was streamed through another. This concurrent multi-interface performance demonstrates how the WTR Max can comfortably handle mixed workloads across different network zones or physical infrastructure types.
Power consumption testing covered four defined usage scenarios to gauge idle and active draw under realistic conditions. With no drives installed and only the OS running from the onboard NVMe SSD, the system idled at just 18W, largely due to the mobile efficiency of the Ryzen 7 PRO 8845HS and lack of mechanical components. Installing five M.2 SSDs increased baseline consumption to around 24W. With all six SATA bays populated using 8TB–18TB HDDs alongside five SSDs, power draw under passive load settled at approximately 52–53W. During full-load testing—consisting of active read/write operations on all drives, high-bitrate Plex streaming, dual 10GbE saturation, and 40–50% CPU usage—system draw fluctuated between 73W and 89W. These numbers fall within reasonable bounds for a 12-core-equivalent server system with 11 drives, four fans, and integrated GPU transcode activity. The external 280W power supply never exhibited instability and has sufficient overhead for adding expansion enclosures or OCuLink-powered peripherals like an eGPU or NVMe array.
Application testing further underscored the platform’s ability to support a hybrid range of tasks. In multimedia scenarios, Plex Media Server was configured to transcode a 400 Mbps 4K file, a 200 Mbps 4K stream, and two simultaneous 80 Mbps 8K/4K sources—all while maintaining fluid playback and system responsiveness. The integrated Radeon 780M handled these loads using hardware transcoding (VAAPI), keeping CPU load under 50% throughout. In a separate deployment, Proxmox was used to launch six Windows 10 VMs and two Ubuntu LTS servers, with each VM receiving 2–4 vCPUs and 2–4 GB of memory. All machines remained responsive under simultaneous browser, terminal, and light media workloads. Importantly, the LCD panel continued to provide accurate telemetry even during these test periods, showing live RAM, CPU, and storage activity. No kernel-level instability, drive timeouts, or system hangs were observed during multi-day operation. This level of consistency positions the WTR Max as a capable platform not just for data storage, but also for virtualized desktop hosting, container orchestration, or edge-processing scenarios where performance and uptime are equally critical.
SSD Benchmark
Gen 4 x1: ~1.6 GB/s read / ~1.5 GB/s write; Gen 4 x2: ~2.9 GB/s read / ~2.8 GB/s write
Internal Transfers
M.2 to M.2 mixed or matched: ~500–600 MB/s (sustained), likely limited by shared lanes
10GbE Throughput
Full saturation on both SFP+ ports: ~9.5 Gbps, sustained 1.1+ GB/s file transfer
35–40°C idle, 47–49°C under stress, SSDs remained below 48°C, no thermal throttling
Aoostar WTR Max NAS Review – Conclusion & Verdict
The Aoostar WTR Max presents a rare combination of compact form factor, enterprise-aligned specifications, and hardware flexibility that places it apart from both consumer-grade NAS appliances and DIY server builds. With support for eleven total storage devices—including six SATA bays and five Gen 4 NVMe slots—plus ECC memory compatibility and dual 10GbE networking, it delivers a feature set typically reserved for much larger or more expensive systems. Its Ryzen 7 PRO 8845HS processor offers sufficient compute power for a wide range of workloads, from virtualization and containerization to media encoding and storage routing. Real-world performance during testing confirmed that the WTR Max could handle multiple simultaneous high-bitrate video transcodes, multi-VM operation, and 10GbE network saturation, all while maintaining consistent thermals and manageable power usage. While internal bandwidth sharing across NVMe slots may limit some inter-disk operations, this did not impact external throughput or sustained application performance.
For users seeking a flexible platform to host their own NAS operating system—whether TrueNAS, Unraid, or Proxmox—the WTR Max provides considerable value, assuming a willingness to configure and manage the software stack independently. It does not include a proprietary OS or vendor-specific ecosystem, which may be a drawback for those expecting turnkey functionality but a strength for users looking to avoid software licensing limitations or drive compatibility locks. The LCD front panel, OCuLink expandability, and support for up to 128GB of DDR5 RAM further extend its potential across use cases that include hybrid desktop/NAS roles, edge compute appliances, or lab environments. While priced above entry-level NAS systems, its performance, thermal behavior, and hardware access align more closely with workstation-class systems. A future comparison with devices like the Minisforum N5 Pro will offer more context, but based on current observations, the Aoostar WTR Max establishes itself as a serious option for self-hosters demanding both storage density and processing headroom.
The Aoostar WTR MAX Nas is available from the following places:
High Storage Density in Compact Form Supports up to 11 drives (6x SATA + 5x NVMe) in a desktop-sized chassis, ideal for users with large-scale storage needs but limited physical space.
Enterprise-Class CPU with ECC Support AMD Ryzen 7 PRO 8845HS offers 8C/16T performance, ECC memory support, and integrated RDNA 3 graphics—rare at this price and size.
Dual 10GbE SFP+ and Dual 2.5GbE Networking Provides flexible, high-throughput networking for content creators, virtual environments, or advanced home labs.
Strong Virtualization and Transcoding Performance Smooth Proxmox VM hosting and real-time Plex 4K/8K transcoding using Radeon 780M hardware acceleration.
OCuLink PCIe Expansion Port Enables high-speed external storage or GPU support without sacrificing internal NVMe bandwidth.
Customizable LCD Monitoring Panel Real-time display of system metrics (CPU, RAM, network, storage) with theme options, useful for headless setups.
Robust Cooling System with Vapor Chamber Glacier Pro 1.0 design keeps thermals in check across four fans and distinct airflow zones; low fan noise even under load.
Open Software Ecosystem No proprietary OS or restrictions; supports TrueNAS, Unraid, Proxmox, or Linux-based setups for full admin control.
Limited Internal NVMe Cross-Throughput Inter-M.2 transfer speeds are capped (~500–600 MB/s), possibly due to shared chipset lanes or controller design.
No Internal PCIe Slot Expansion is limited to OCuLink; users needing traditional PCIe cards (e.g., GPUs or HBAs) may find this restrictive.
LCD Panel Software Can Be Problematic Configuration software raised browser security flags and requires static IP client setup, making it less accessible.
External Power Brick Only 280W external PSU is functional but not ideal for rackmount or integrated enclosures; some users may prefer internal ATX power.
This description contains links to Amazon. These links will take you to some of the products mentioned in today's content. As an Amazon Associate, I earn from qualifying purchases. Visit the NASCompares Deal Finder to find the best place to buy this device in your region, based on Service, Support and Reputation - Just Search for your NAS Drive in the Box Below
Need Advice on Data Storage from an Expert?
Finally, for free advice about your setup, just leave a message in the comments below here at NASCompares.com and we will get back to you.Need Help?
Where possible (and where appropriate) please provide as much information about your requirements, as then I can arrange the best answer and solution to your needs. Do not worry about your e-mail address being required, it will NOT be used in a mailing list and will NOT be used in any way other than to respond to your enquiry.
[contact-form-7]
TRY CHAT Terms and Conditions
If you like this service, please consider supporting us.
We use affiliate links on the blog allowing NAScompares information and advice service to be free of charge to you.Anything you purchase on the day you click on our links will generate a small commission which isused to run the website. Here is a link for Amazon and B&H.You can also get me a Ko-fi or old school Paypal. Thanks!To find out more about how to support this advice service checkHEREIf you need to fix or configure a NAS, check FiverHave you thought about helping others with your knowledge? Find Instructions Here
Or support us by using our affiliate links on Amazon UK and Amazon US
Alternatively, why not ask me on the ASK NASCompares forum, by clicking the button below. This is a community hub that serves as a place that I can answer your question, chew the fat, share new release information and even get corrections posted. I will always get around to answering ALL queries, but as a one-man operation, I cannot promise speed! So by sharing your query in the ASK NASCompares section below, you can get a better range of solutions and suggestions, alongside my own.
The 45Drives HL8 is an 8-bay desktop NAS chassis developed for users who want professional-grade storage hardware without committing to the rigid ecosystems of traditional NAS vendors. Designed and manufactured in North America, the HL8 is available in several configurations, with this review focusing specifically on the chassis, backplane, and power supply model. This version includes a precision-built steel enclosure, a direct-wired 8-bay SATA backplane, and a 500W 80 Plus Gold-rated Flex ATX power supply. It omits bundled motherboards, CPUs, and pre-installed operating systems, appealing to users who prefer to build or customize their NAS hardware environment while still benefiting from an integrated power and storage foundation. The HL8 aims to bridge the gap between low-cost DIY NAS enclosures, which often suffer from poor thermals and awkward layouts, and locked-down consumer appliances that limit software choices and upgrade potential. With a hinged open-frame design, support for full-height PCIe cards, and internal layout optimized for accessibility and cooling, the HL8 is positioned as a platform for long-term use and adaptability rather than a quick-start solution. While its price point is significantly higher than generic imported chassis, its construction and modular focus suggest it’s intended for serious users seeking more control, not simply more convenience.
Who Are 45Drives?
45Drives is a Canadian storage hardware manufacturer based in Nova Scotia, operating as a division of Protocase, a custom enclosure and prototyping company. The brand has built a reputation among system integrators, IT professionals, and homelab enthusiasts for delivering modular, open-platform storage solutions. Unlike many NAS vendors that focus on vertically integrated ecosystems, 45Drives offers systems built around industry-standard components, designed to be user-serviceable and adaptable. Their catalog includes high-density rackmount systems like the Storinator, hybrid flash-HDD systems such as the Stornado, and more recently, a range of compact desktop NAS chassis under the “HL” or HomeLab label. The HL8, HL4, and HL15 models are part of this effort to scale down enterprise-grade build quality into a form factor more appropriate for deskside or small office deployment.
A core part of 45Drives’ identity is its commitment to open-source principles, not just through hardware compatibility but also in software tooling and education. The company develops and maintains Cockpit-based management modules—such as their ZFS and Samba interfaces—for Linux distributions like Rocky Linux, which they often preinstall with their systems. These modules are freely available on GitHub, and the company encourages users to modify, self-host, or adapt them as needed. In addition to their software work, 45Drives actively engages with the community through regular YouTube content, documentation portals, and technical support that continues even when customers deviate from default hardware or software configurations. This combination of enterprise durability, user empowerment, and open development has earned 45Drives a dedicated following among those who want to retain full control over their infrastructure without sacrificing reliability or support.
BUILD QUALITY - 10/10
NOISE - 8/10
COOLING - 8/10
PRICE - 6/10
VALUE - 8/10
8.0
PROS
1. Exceptional build quality using 2mm thick powder-coated steel 2. Unique hinged design allows full interior access without disassembly 3. Integrated 12Gb/s SATA/SAS-compatible hot-swap backplane 4. Designed for Mini-ITX motherboards with full PCIe x16 slot suppor0t 5. Tool-less and tray-less drive bays improve maintenance and upgrades 6. Outstanding documentation and support from 45Drives 7. Fully open-source-friendly chassis with non-proprietary layout
CONS
1. Significantly more expensive than typical DIY NAS cases 2. No native 2.5\" SSD bays included (requires 3D-printed or addon tray) 3. Only compatible with Flex ATX PSUs, limiting choice and increasing cost
45Drives HL8 8-Bay MITX NAS Review – External Design
The HL8’s exterior sets it apart from typical consumer NAS enclosures through its bold and unique industrial construction – practically enterprise grade, at a homelab and desktop level. Built from 16-gauge powder-coated steel, the chassis weighs approximately 22 lbs even before drives are installed, conveying a sense of structural rigidity that clearly aligns more with enterprise hardware than with mass-market desktop cases.
The finish is matte and durable, avoiding cheap plastics or decorative panels. Buyers can choose between metal and acrylic front plates, and several color options are available, offering some degree of personalization—something rarely seen at this tier. Branding is subtle, with the HL8 model designation etched into the top panel and a logo plate on the front face.
Unlike most enclosures that rely on removable panels or sliding trays, the HL8 features a hinged “clam shell” design. The entire upper shell lifts open via captive thumb screws, granting immediate access to internal components without needing to remove the drives or disconnect cabling.
This mechanism provides real-time visibility into the system’s interior during operation, making it easier to perform diagnostics, replace fans, or adjust cabling. It’s particularly helpful for users who regularly service or upgrade their systems, and it avoids many of the frustrations associated with cramped or tool-dependent access panels.
The front of the case houses eight hot-swap 3.5” bays in a vertical arrangement, accessible without tools and pre-wired via the internal backplane. These bays are trayless and rely on drive guides for alignment, secured by the structural frame rather than individual plastic sleds. This design allows for rapid drive installation and removal while minimizing potential points of mechanical failure. The front ventilation is cut directly into the steel fascia, and airflow is directed through the drive bays by internal Noctua fans located behind them. There are no visible indicators or LCD panels on the front panel—minimalism is favored over visual clutter.
Around the rear, the layout remains conventional but clean. The rear I/O cutout accommodates standard mini-ITX motherboard layouts, and the single expansion slot supports a full-height PCIe card up to 72mm in height. The integrated Flex ATX power supply sits beside the motherboard area with its own exhaust fan, and ample passive ventilation is provided via additional steel cutouts. While visually understated, the HL8’s outer design prioritizes durability, accessibility, and functional airflow—traits that reflect its enterprise lineage more than its homelab label might suggest.
Category
HL8 (Chassis + Backplane)
HL8 (Chassis + Backplane + PSU)
Model Name
HL8
HL8 with PSU
Drive Bays
8x 3.5″ Tool-less, Trayless Bays
8x 3.5″ Tool-less, Trayless Bays
Drive Compatibility
SATA & SAS (12Gb/s) via backplane
SATA & SAS (12Gb/s) via backplane
Hot-Swap Support
Yes
Yes
Backplane Interface
Mini-SAS HD (SFF-8643)
Mini-SAS HD (SFF-8643)
Motherboard Support
Mini-ITX
Mini-ITX
PCIe Expansion Slot
1x Full-height, full-length
1x Full-height, full-length
PSU Form Factor
Not included
Flex ATX (pre-installed)
PSU Rating
–
500W, 80 Plus Gold (SilverStone FX500)
Cooling
3x 80mm Noctua Fans (pre-installed)
3x 80mm Noctua Fans (pre-installed)
CPU Cooler Clearance
Approx. 75mm (depends on board layout)
Approx. 75mm (depends on board layout)
GPU Length Support
Up to ~270mm
Up to ~270mm
Chassis Material
2mm Powder-Coated Steel
2mm Powder-Coated Steel
Front I/O
None (uses motherboard rear I/O)
None (uses motherboard rear I/O)
Drive Activity LEDs
Optional (headers on backplane)
Optional (headers on backplane)
Tool-less Design
Yes – Hinged Folding Design
Yes – Hinged Folding Design
Dimensions (W x D x H)
~305mm x 370mm x 260mm (approx.)
~305mm x 370mm x 260mm (approx.)
Weight (Unpopulated)
~7.8kg
~9.5kg (with PSU)
Made In
Canada (Chassis), USA (via Protocase partner)
Canada (Chassis), USA (via Protocase partner)
Typical Price (USD)
$599
$799
45Drives HL8 8-Bay MITX NAS Review – Internal Case Design
Internally, the HL8 case is engineered for both accessibility and structured airflow, with a layout that avoids many of the compromises found in smaller or mass-produced enclosures. The most notable feature is its fully hinged body, which allows the entire top and side panel assembly to lift upward without removing the drives. This open-access approach separates the drive chamber from the motherboard compartment without creating restrictive airflow barriers. It’s a significant advantage for users who need to inspect, troubleshoot, or upgrade internal components, especially when working with larger cooling units or dense cable configurations.
The motherboard area is positioned on the right side of the chassis, aligned horizontally to the drive plane, which prevents any obstruction by drive trays or cabling. This layout supports standard mini-ITX boards and allows full visibility of memory slots, M.2 sockets, and power headers even with drives installed. The motherboard is flanked by routing space that supports organized cabling, including SATA or power leads. This spacing is particularly useful when working with non-modular PSUs or when routing SATA cables from alternative controllers or add-in cards. The case does not limit users to any specific board vendor or layout beyond the mini-ITX size constraint.
Cabling for the backplane is pre-installed in the PSU model, which simplifies setup considerably. The backplane itself is a direct-wired design supporting up to eight SATA drives without requiring SAS expander cards or proprietary interfaces. This approach ensures compatibility with a wide range of consumer and enterprise SATA drives and avoids the long-term risks of vendor-specific drive bay lock-ins. It also makes replacing or troubleshooting individual cables far easier than in systems using multipath or bundled connectors. Power and data connections are cleanly routed through the side of the case, keeping airflow clear and minimizing vibration interference.
The Flex ATX PSU sits at the rear left and is mounted horizontally, drawing air through its own intake and exhausting separately from the main airflow path. This compact configuration leaves the bulk of the case’s lower chamber available for future expansion or airflow tuning. Additional internal fan mounts and brackets are preinstalled, and 45Drives includes all necessary mounting screws and documentation—even down to port-specific manuals for the pre-installed PSU. The internal design of the HL8 shows clear thought toward ease of maintenance and modularity, reflecting an expectation that users will revisit and modify their system over time rather than treat it as a sealed appliance.
45Drives HL8 8-Bay MITX NAS Review – Noise and Cooling
The HL8’s cooling design reflects a balance between thermal efficiency and acoustic performance, especially in its PSU-included configuration. By default, this model ships with multiple Noctua fans—specifically, two NF-A12x15 fans for intake and one NF-A4x10 for exhaust—which are widely regarded for their low noise output and long-term reliability.
Combined with the direct airflow path created by the open drive cage layout, the HL8 maintains effective cooling of both hard drives and system components without requiring high-RPM, high-noise fan profiles. Even under load, thermal tests show the drive temperatures hovering around 50°C in a 20°C ambient environment—well within safe operating margins for mechanical disks.
In real-world usage, the system produces around 33–34 dBA at idle and 42 dBA under full fan load during tasks such as ZFS pool creation or sustained disk activity. These levels are consistent with what you would expect from a quiet desktop PC and are significantly lower than typical rackmount systems or budget enclosures using unbranded high-speed fans.
The use of steel panels throughout the chassis also contributes to noise dampening, reducing vibration resonance from spinning drives. Overall, the HL8’s thermal and acoustic profile is well-suited for deployment in office or home environments where audible noise is a concern, without sacrificing long-term cooling performance.
45Drives HL8 8-Bay Case vs the Jonsbo N3 Case
The 45Drives HL8 and the Jonsbo N3 both offer 8-bay NAS enclosures for mini-ITX builds, but they cater to very different tiers of the DIY NAS market. The HL8 is positioned as a premium, enterprise-grade enclosure built entirely from 16-gauge steel and manufactured in Canada. It includes a fully integrated backplane, Noctua fans, and a Flex ATX PSU—features aimed at maximizing serviceability, thermal control, and long-term reliability.
Priced at roughly $880 USD for the chassis, backplane, and PSU combo, it targets users who demand industrial standards in a desktop form factor. The Jonsbo N3, in contrast, is a Chinese-manufactured enclosure constructed from 2.0mm aluminium alloy with 1.0mm steel internals.
It focuses on maximizing functionality in a compact and aesthetically refined format, with average retail pricing ranging between $150–$170 USD, though occasional sales and unpredictable shipping costs on platforms like AliExpress can make pricing volatile.
Category
45Drives HL8
Jonsbo N3
Drive Bays
8x 3.5″ (tool-less trays, SATA/SAS via backplane)
8x 3.5″ (hot-swap, SATA only via passive backplane)
SFX (≤105mm) with internal extension cable routing
CPU Cooler Clearance
Up to 75mm (depends on board layout)
Up to 130mm
GPU/PCIe Card Clearance
Up to ~270mm (1 slot)
Up to 250mm (double-width supported)
Construction Material
2mm Powder-Coated Steel
2mm Aluminium (exterior), 1mm Steel (interior)
Cooling
3x 80mm Noctua fans included (chassis & CPU area)
2x 100mm fans included (HDD area), 2x 90mm optional
Front I/O Ports
None (depends on motherboard I/O)
USB 3.0 Type-A, USB 3.2 Gen2 Type-C, Audio Combo
LED Indicators
Optional drive activity LEDs
8x front panel drive activity LEDs
Toolless Access
Yes – hinged “flower” folding design
No – top secured by Allen screws
Chassis Dimensions (WxDxH)
~305mm x 370mm x 260mm (approx., rectangular shape)
233mm x 262mm x 298mm
Weight
~9.5kg (with PSU and backplane)
3.9kg (no PSU)
Hot Swap Support
Yes
Yes
Price (avg.)
$658 (chassis + backplane)
$150–$170 USD (no PSU, varies by seller/region)
Manufacturing Origin
Canada (with some imported components IN PRE-BUILT NAS models)
China
In terms of hardware layout and user experience, the HL8 emphasizes modularity and ease of access. Its unique “flower-style” hinged chassis allows for complete servicing of drives, motherboard, cabling, and PSU without disassembly. The built-in backplane supports both SATA and SAS, reducing the need for messy cabling or additional HBA cards unless required for scale-out. Meanwhile, the Jonsbo N3 offers a two-chamber design separating drives and the motherboard/PSU area, supporting 8 hot-swap drives via an included SATA-only backplane. However, the power delivery system relies on two Molex and one SATA connector—an odd combination that may require more planning for power distribution. The N3 also employs a PSU passthrough cable from the back to a front-mounted internal SFX PSU, saving space but potentially restricting airflow and complicating installation. Unlike the HL8’s enterprise cable routing, the N3 requires tight cable management due to its smaller internal volume, and is more prone to cable congestion near the motherboard tray.
Where the HL8 wins in build quality and professional usability, the N3 counters with surprising features at its price point. The N3 includes dual rear fans, 8 LED indicators for drive activity, USB 3.2 Gen 2 Type-C front I/O, and support for large PCIe GPUs or network cards up to 250mm. However, it uses rubber grommet-mounted drive holders instead of trays—a cost-saving measure that may reduce vibration but introduces concerns about long-term durability and ease of drive removal. It also lacks tool-less panels for the main lid, requiring an Allen key for access, which, while flush and neat, isn’t practical for regular service. By comparison, the HL8 is fully toolless throughout. Ultimately, the HL8 is ideal for users who prioritize low-maintenance reliability and modular enterprise design in a desktop form, while the N3 offers excellent value for cost-conscious DIY builders willing to trade some serviceability and airflow flexibility for size, aesthetics, and affordability.
45Drives HL8 8-Bay MITX NAS Review – The Pre-Built AMD Model
In addition to offering the HL8 as a chassis with backplane and power supply, 45Drives also sells a fully assembled, tested, and burn-in validated configuration for users who prefer a turnkey deployment. The current prebuilt model typically includes a Gigabyte B550I AORUS Pro AX mini-ITX motherboard, paired with either an AMD Ryzen 5 5500GT (6-core, 12-thread) or Ryzen 7 5700G (8-core, 16-thread) processor. These CPUs offer solid single- and multi-threaded performance, integrated graphics for transcoding or light GUI workloads, and efficient power profiles.
The build also comes with up to 64GB of DDR4 UDIMM memory, a 1TB NVMe SSD (typically Gen 4), Noctua NH-L9a-AM4 low-profile CPU cooler, and factory-installed Noctua case fans. All internal wiring is professionally routed, and the system arrives with Rocky Linux and the Houston UI preinstalled for immediate setup.
Category
HL8 Prebuilt Model (Full Configuration)
Model Name
HL8 (Prebuilt by 45Drives)
Chassis Material
2mm Powder-Coated Steel (Same as enterprise rackmount line)
1x PCIe 4.0 x16 (Supports full-height, full-length GPU or NIC)
M.2 Slots
2x (One used for OS drive, One used with SATA controller)
SATA Ports (Onboard)
4x SATA III (From motherboard)
Additional SATA
4x via M.2 SATA controller (occupies second M.2 slot)
Networking
1x 2.5GbE (Realtek 8125B) + Wi-Fi 6 (802.11ax)
USB Ports (Rear)
4x USB 3.2 Gen 1, 2x USB 3.2 Gen 2 (1x Type-A, 1x Type-C)
Audio Ports
3.5mm Mic In / Line Out / Line In
Dimensions (W x D x H)
~305mm x 370mm x 260mm (approx.)
Weight (Unpopulated)
~9.5kg
Operating System
OS not included by default; compatible with TrueNAS, Rocky Linux + Houston UI, Proxmox
Typical Price (USD)
$1,399 (at time of writing)
At the time of writing, the total cost of the prebuilt HL8 with the Ryzen 5700G configuration is $1,538 USD. In contrast, a self-built system using comparable off-the-shelf components can be assembled for approximately $875–$900. A rough cost breakdown would be: Ryzen 7 5700G and B550I motherboard combo ($260), 64GB DDR4 UDIMM ($103), 1TB NVMe SSD ($60), 500W Flex ATX Gold PSU ($90), Noctua CPU and case fans ($75), plus an equivalent MITX 8-bay chassis with SATA backplane ($159–$180). While this approach offers clear cost savings, it comes with multiple delivery sources, fragmented warranties, and no factory testing—factors that may be important to users prioritizing reliability and vendor accountability over price.
The prebuilt model is best suited to users who want predictable performance, reduced setup time, and consolidated post-sale support. It removes the need for component sourcing, physical assembly, and initial troubleshooting. However, it also imposes some limitations, such as the use of a single 2.5GbE network port and lack of configuration flexibility. Users requiring more advanced networking or GPU options will need to expand via the PCIe slot manually. Overall, the prebuilt HL8 fills a niche for those who want an enterprise-adjacent storage server without the learning curve or integration work required by a ground-up build, but it may be over-specified or overpriced for more self-sufficient users.
The 45Drives Houseton UI Software – Any Good?
The Houston UI platform from 45Drives is built on top of the open-source Cockpit Project, designed to offer users a web-based server management interface with a lightweight footprint.
Its browser-based GUI makes it accessible from any device on the network, and it supports multiple Linux distributions, including Rocky Linux, which is often used as the default OS with Houston UI.
One of the primary strengths of Houston UI is its ZFS management interface. Users can easily create, modify, and monitor ZFS storage pools without needing to interact directly with the command line.
The system allows for selection of RAID types (RAIDZ1, Z2, etc.), VDEV expansion, record size configuration, deduplication, encryption, and adjustable compression — all accessible within a guided, GUI-based setup.
System monitoring is a central feature of Houston UI, with a real-time dashboard showing CPU, memory, network throughput, and active services. It includes disk status indicators, smart monitoring tools, and hardware detail pages.
Some of which include visual layouts depending on motherboard detection. While the graphical presentation is basic compared to Synology DSM, it does provide sufficient system insight for regular administration.
Houston UI also includes a modular service control center, where administrators can enable or disable a wide range of server services such as Samba (SMB), NFS, SSH, and rsync.
Each module is toggleable, and users can configure individual services with editable configuration files directly from the browser. This brings flexibility, while still maintaining visual accessibility for basic tasks.
The task scheduler in Houston UI provides an easy way to set up automated jobs — including backups, updates, power cycling, and network interface toggling.
Unlike many systems that hide these functions under multiple wizards, Houston offers a unified “Tasks” area for managing all routine automations, including custom scripts and cron-based tasks.
A standout feature is the cloud synchronization and backup module, which offers connectivity to cloud platforms such as Amazon S3 and Backblaze B2, as well as support for local-to-remote rsync and FTP targets. It allows users to control bandwidth, frequency, and folder mappings from a single-pane interface — something that’s typically fragmented in competing platforms.
For users running virtual machines, Houston UI includes a KVM-based virtualization manager. This allows the creation and monitoring of guest VMs directly through the browser, including storage provisioning, image selection, CPU/memory configuration, and console access. While not as feature-rich as Proxmox, it’s suitable for lightweight VM workloads and container testing.
Finally, Houston supports module extensions, with 45Drives publishing their own file sharing and ZFS modules via GitHub. These can be installed on any compatible Linux system running Cockpit. This open approach allows users to build their own UI extensions or pull from the community, avoiding platform lock-in and enabling customization well beyond the factory defaults.
45Drives HL8 8-Bay MITX NAS Review – Verdict and Conclusion
The 45Drives HL8, when configured as a chassis with backplane and PSU, represents a refined and deliberate approach to small-form NAS deployment. Priced around $880 USD, this configuration sits well above entry-level alternatives, but the investment is clearly reflected in its enterprise-grade construction, serviceable layout, and attention to detail. With a robust 16-gauge steel chassis, direct-wired SATA backplane, and a high-efficiency 500W Flex ATX PSU pre-installed, it offers an ideal base for users who plan to build a serious and scalable NAS solution without locking themselves into restrictive ecosystems.
The hinged body design, tool-free drive access, and Noctua fan integration show a strong understanding of real-world usability, especially for those who perform ongoing maintenance, upgrades, or hardware experimentation. In that sense, it’s less a typical “consumer NAS case” and more a modular platform intended for long-term infrastructure use in homelab and small business environments.
That said, this is not a universal fit for all users. The HL8’s exclusive support for mini-ITX motherboards imposes limitations on connectivity and expansion, especially for those needing multiple PCIe lanes or additional SATA ports without relying on adapters. And while the internal layout is clearly optimized, buyers still need to be comfortable sourcing and configuring their own motherboard, CPU, memory, and storage—something that could be daunting for beginners or those seeking simplicity over flexibility. In markets where similar 8-bay enclosures from lesser-known brands can be found for half the price, the HL8’s value lies more in its physical build quality, localized production, and long-term viability rather than raw cost efficiency. Users comparing it to entry-tier rackmount gear or compact server cases will need to weigh whether the HL8’s refinement and modularity justify the premium.
Ultimately, the HL8 is a product with a clearly defined audience: self-hosters, IT professionals, and technical users who understand the value of vendor-agnostic hardware and want to retain full control over their system’s lifecycle. It offers a rare middle ground between low-cost DIY setups that require piecemeal integration and fully locked turnkey NAS systems from mainstream brands. For those who are willing to invest not only financially but also in the time and knowledge needed to assemble and manage their NAS environment, the HL8 stands out as one of the most thoughtfully engineered and supportable 8-bay NAS chassis currently on the market.
Pros
Cons
1. Exceptional build quality using 2mm thick powder-coated steel
1. Significantly more expensive than typical DIY NAS cases
2. Unique hinged design allows full interior access without disassembly
2. No native 2.5″ SSD bays included (requires 3D-printed or addon tray)
This description contains links to Amazon. These links will take you to some of the products mentioned in today's content. As an Amazon Associate, I earn from qualifying purchases. Visit the NASCompares Deal Finder to find the best place to buy this device in your region, based on Service, Support and Reputation - Just Search for your NAS Drive in the Box Below
Need Advice on Data Storage from an Expert?
Finally, for free advice about your setup, just leave a message in the comments below here at NASCompares.com and we will get back to you.Need Help?
Where possible (and where appropriate) please provide as much information about your requirements, as then I can arrange the best answer and solution to your needs. Do not worry about your e-mail address being required, it will NOT be used in a mailing list and will NOT be used in any way other than to respond to your enquiry.
[contact-form-7]
TRY CHAT Terms and Conditions
If you like this service, please consider supporting us.
We use affiliate links on the blog allowing NAScompares information and advice service to be free of charge to you.Anything you purchase on the day you click on our links will generate a small commission which isused to run the website. Here is a link for Amazon and B&H.You can also get me a Ko-fi or old school Paypal. Thanks!To find out more about how to support this advice service checkHEREIf you need to fix or configure a NAS, check FiverHave you thought about helping others with your knowledge? Find Instructions Here
Or support us by using our affiliate links on Amazon UK and Amazon US
Alternatively, why not ask me on the ASK NASCompares forum, by clicking the button below. This is a community hub that serves as a place that I can answer your question, chew the fat, share new release information and even get corrections posted. I will always get around to answering ALL queries, but as a one-man operation, I cannot promise speed! So by sharing your query in the ASK NASCompares section below, you can get a better range of solutions and suggestions, alongside my own.
Synology DS1825+ vs DS1821+ NAS Comparison – Get It Right, FIRST TIME!
When Synology releases a new NAS in its “Plus” lineup, users often expect a blend of practical improvements, long-term support, and a reasonable upgrade path from the previous generation. The Synology DS1825+ arrives in 2025 as the official successor to the 2020/2021-released DS1821+, carrying over much of the same core design while introducing selective enhancements—and a few contentious changes. Both are 8-bay desktop NAS systems targeted at advanced home users, small businesses, and content creators who need multi-user access, flexible RAID configurations, and extensive app support. However, while the DS1821+ was praised for its broad compatibility and modular connectivity, the DS1825+ adopts a more tightly controlled hardware ecosystem. In this comparison, we break down the key differences across hardware, ports, storage capabilities, DSM software features, and drive compatibility so you can decide which model truly fits your long-term needs—without second-guessing your choice later.
Synology DS1825+ vs DS1821+ NAS Comparison – Internal Hardware
At the center of both the Synology DS1821+ and DS1825+ is the AMD Ryzen V1500B processor, a 4-core, 8-thread embedded SoC with a 64-bit architecture and a base frequency of 2.2 GHz. This chip, built on the Zen architecture, offers a balance of power efficiency and multi-threaded performance suited for environments with simultaneous multi-user file access, virtual machines, and complex RAID configurations. Synology’s decision to retain the same processor in the DS1825+ reflects confidence in its reliability and capability. However, for users hoping for a jump to Zen 2 or Zen 3-based hardware, the lack of a CPU upgrade could be a disappointment—especially considering that competing vendors have started adopting newer architectures for their mid-range systems. Still, for typical NAS tasks that do not involve on-the-fly 4K video transcoding or GPU-heavy operations, the V1500B remains a stable and effective platform with AES-NI encryption support and virtualization compatibility across VMware, Hyper-V, and Docker workloads.
Component
Synology DS1821+
Synology DS1825+
CPU
AMD Ryzen V1500B, 4-core, 8-thread, 2.2 GHz
AMD Ryzen V1500B, 4-core, 8-thread, 2.2 GHz
CPU Architecture
64-bit (Zen)
64-bit (Zen)
Hardware Encryption
AES-NI
AES-NI
Memory (Pre-installed)
4 GB DDR4 ECC SODIMM
8 GB DDR4 ECC SODIMM
Memory Slots
2 × SODIMM
2 × SODIMM
Max Memory Supported
32 GB (2 × 16 GB)
32 GB (2 × 16 GB)
ECC Memory Support
Yes
Yes
System Fans
2 × 120mm
2 × 120mm
Power Supply
250W Internal PSU
250W Internal PSU
Power Consumption (Active)
59.8W
60.1W
Power Consumption (HDD Hibernation)
26.18W
18.34W
Noise Level (Idle)
22.2 dB(A)
23.8 dB(A)
Dimensions (H × W × D)
166 × 343 × 243 mm
166 × 343 × 243 mm
Weight
6.0 kg
6.0 kg
The most immediate improvement in the DS1825+ over its predecessor is in the system memory. While the DS1821+ ships with 4 GB of DDR4 ECC SODIMM, the DS1825+ doubles that to 8 GB by default, giving users more overhead for running DSM services out of the box. This matters in practical terms for multitasking within Synology’s ecosystem—such as simultaneous use of Synology Drive, Surveillance Station, Virtual Machine Manager, and snapshot services. For environments where users may deploy hybrid workloads (e.g., backup automation combined with real-time collaboration tools), the extra memory in the DS1825+ reduces the likelihood of performance bottlenecks or memory swapping. Both systems support up to 32 GB (2 × 16 GB), but starting with 8 GB means many users won’t need to upgrade at all. Additionally, since both units use ECC memory, they help ensure integrity in business-critical applications by reducing silent data corruption—an especially relevant factor when hosting VMs or storing sensitive files over time.
Thermal and power characteristics between the two systems remain largely consistent, with both featuring dual 120mm fans and an internal 250W PSU that can handle full drive loads with expansion units attached. The DS1821+ and DS1825+ are also nearly identical in physical size and structure, though the newer model has a slightly higher idle noise level—23.8 dB(A) versus 22.2 dB(A)—due to denser internal configuration and possibly fan speed curve adjustments. From an operational standpoint, the DS1825+ is marginally more power-efficient in idle states, consuming just 18.34W during HDD hibernation compared to 26.18W in the DS1821+. These marginal differences suggest a refinement in system tuning, although not a radical redesign. Overall, while the DS1825+ doesn’t revolutionize internal hardware, its doubled memory and subtle optimizations give it the edge for users planning to push DSM with multiple services or those who prefer an upgrade-free deployment experience.
Synology DS1825+ vs DS1821+ NAS Comparison – Ports and Connections
One of the most tangible areas of differentiation between the DS1821+ and DS1825+ lies in their external connectivity. The older DS1821+ is equipped with four 1GbE RJ-45 LAN ports, a familiar configuration that supports link aggregation and network redundancy. This setup was common in Synology’s mid-range lineup during its 2020–2022 releases, offering a total aggregated bandwidth of up to 4Gbps—assuming your switch infrastructure supports it. For many small business users, this array of ports provided simple flexibility: you could dedicate individual ports for different services or bond them for faster file transfers. However, in practice, 1GbE is increasingly becoming a limiting factor for modern workloads, especially in environments with large raw video files, database access, or multiple users performing high-speed backups.
Port / Expansion Feature
Synology DS1821+
Synology DS1825+
RJ-45 LAN Ports
4 × 1GbE
2 × 2.5GbE
Link Aggregation / Failover
Yes
Yes
USB Ports
4 × USB 3.2 Gen 1
3 × USB 3.2 Gen 1
Expansion Ports
2 × eSATA (for DX517)
2 × USB Type-C (for DX525)
PCIe Slot
1 × PCIe Gen3 x8 (x4 link)
1 × PCIe Gen3 x8 (x4 link)
NVMe M.2 Slots
2 × M.2 2280 (Cache only)
2 × M.2 2280 (Cache or Storage Pool, Synology-only)
Hot-swappable Drive Bays
8 × 3.5″/2.5″ SATA (Hot-swappable)
8 × 3.5″/2.5″ SATA (Hot-swappable)
Max Drive Bays (with Expansion)
18 (with 2 × DX517 via eSATA)
18 (with 2 × DX525 via USB-C)
The DS1825+ reflects a more current networking trend by replacing the four 1GbE ports with two 2.5GbE RJ-45 ports. While this reduces the total number of interfaces, it significantly increases throughput per port, offering an aggregated maximum of 5Gbps when bonded. This shift represents a smarter allocation of bandwidth for users with 2.5GbE-capable switches or routers, and it’s more practical than the 1GbE spread seen in the DS1821+. In small office networks or prosumer setups where simultaneous data access is routine, the DS1825+ delivers higher per-connection performance, improving large file transfers and reducing latency during remote access. Though fewer in number, the newer ports provide better real-world performance potential—and users seeking higher bandwidth can still add a 10GbE or 25GbE NIC via the PCIe slot in both models.
Beyond networking, the DS1825+ introduces a notable change in expansion port design. The DS1821+ includes two eSATA ports for attaching Synology DX517 expansion units, which align with legacy expansion practices. In contrast, the DS1825+ replaces these with two USB-C-based expansion ports, designed specifically for use with the newer DX525 expansion units. While this doesn’t directly affect day-to-day operations, it signals a move toward a USB-based proprietary interface for future expansion, likely with more streamlined cabling and higher throughput potential. Additionally, the DS1825+ trims down from four USB 3.2 Gen 1 ports to three, a minor trade-off that may impact users with multiple USB-connected devices such as UPS units or backup drives. Still, for most users, the improved network and expansion standards make the DS1825+ more forward-looking, even if it reduces legacy connectivity options found on the DS1821+.
Synology DS1825+ vs DS1821+ NAS Comparison – Storage
Both the DS1821+ and DS1825+ offer eight front-facing SATA drive bays, supporting 3.5″ HDDs and 2.5″ SSDs, with hot-swappable trays for easy maintenance and upgrades. On the surface, storage capacity and configuration appear nearly identical: both models can scale up to 18 total drives using two Synology expansion units and support RAID levels including SHR, RAID 5, 6, and 10. This makes either system a viable choice for users with large datasets, whether for media, surveillance, or business-critical file hosting. However, subtle distinctions in how storage can be configured and expanded in each model make a significant difference over time.
Storage Feature
Synology DS1821+
Synology DS1825+
Drive Bays
8 × 3.5″/2.5″ SATA (hot-swappable)
8 × 3.5″/2.5″ SATA (hot-swappable)
Max Drive Bays (with Expansion)
18 (via 2 × DX517)
18 (via 2 × DX525)
M.2 NVMe Slots
2 × M.2 2280 (cache only, 3rd-party SSDs allowed)
2 × M.2 2280 (cache or storage pools, Synology-only SSDs)
Max Single Volume Size
108 TB
200 TB (requires 32 GB RAM)
Max Internal Volumes
64
32
Supported RAID Types
SHR, JBOD, RAID 0, 1, 5, 6, 10
SHR, JBOD, RAID 0, 1, 5, 6, 10
Third-Party HDD/SSD Support
Fully supported (with warnings)
Blocked at install/init if not verified
Storage Pool Creation with Unverified Drives
Allowed
Blocked
Storage Pool Expansion (Unverified Drives)
Supported
Blocked
RAID Recovery with Unverified Drives
Supported
Blocked
Hot Spare (Unverified Drives)
Supported
Blocked
Storage Manager Behavior (Unverified Drives)
Warnings shown, but system fully functional
Persistent alerts, some functions disabled
The DS1825+ supports storage pools using its two internal M.2 NVMe slots, something the DS1821+ does not. On the older model, those slots are limited strictly to SSD caching, and even then, Synology allowed users to use third-party NVMe drives for read/write acceleration. In the DS1825+, Synology enables users to form full storage pools using M.2 SSDs—but only if those SSDs are from Synology’s own SNV3400 or SNV3410 series. This adds flexibility in theory, especially for users interested in all-flash configurations or high-speed tiers, but restricts user choice in practice. The DS1821+ offers more freedom in selecting SSDs and hard drives, with only non-blocking warning messages when using unverified models, while the DS1825+ actively blocks storage pool creation and system initialization with unlisted drives.
This tightening of compatibility extends into pool expansion, RAID rebuilds, and even hot spare assignments. In the DS1821+, users could freely mix third-party drives and expand pools over time using available or similarly specced HDDs—even those not on the official compatibility list. The DS1825+ takes a stricter approach: attempts to initialize DSM with unverified HDDs will fail, and pool expansion or RAID recovery with unsupported drives is outright blocked. While existing volumes from older NAS systems can still be migrated and booted, they will trigger persistent compatibility warnings in DSM, often with degraded system health indicators. This shift may offer Synology more control over performance validation and support consistency, but it limits flexibility for users relying on diverse or existing storage media—making the DS1821+ a better option for those with a mix-and-match approach, and the DS1825+ more suitable for fully standardized Synology deployments.
Synology DS1825+ vs DS1821+ NAS Comparison – DSM Capabilities
Both the DS1821+ and DS1825+ are powered by Synology’s DiskStation Manager (DSM) 7.2 operating system, offering access to a rich suite of applications for file management, backup, surveillance, virtualization, and cloud syncing. Core tools such as Synology Drive and Synology Photos provide a private cloud alternative to services like Google Drive or Dropbox, while packages like Hyper Backup and Active Backup for Business enable full-system and client-based data protection strategies. These services run similarly on both systems, but hardware differences can influence practical performance. For example, the DS1825+ ships with 8 GB of ECC memory by default, making it more responsive when running multiple DSM apps in parallel—such as Snapshot Replication combined with Virtual Machine Manager and Drive Client Sync. In contrast, the DS1821+ ships with 4 GB of memory, which may require an upgrade before achieving similar multitasking fluidity, especially in environments with more than a few simultaneous users.
DSM Feature / Capability
Synology DS1821+
Synology DS1825+
DSM Version
DSM 7.2+
DSM 7.2+
Max Internal Volumes
64
32 ▼ Reduced
Max Single Volume Size
108 TB
200 TB (requires 32 GB RAM) ▲ Increased
Snapshot Replication
256 per shared folder / 4,096 total system snapshots
256 per shared folder / 4,096 total system snapshots
Differences emerge in how each system handles volume structure and scaling. The DS1821+ supports up to 64 internal volumes, giving it an advantage in deployments where users need to segregate workloads—for instance, separating surveillance footage, shared team folders, user home directories, and VM storage into distinct volumes for quota management and performance tuning. This flexibility makes the DS1821+ better suited for educational institutions or small business IT teams who manage multiple user groups and need clear storage separation. The DS1825+, on the other hand, limits internal volumes to 32 but increases the maximum single-volume size to 200 TB (with 32 GB RAM installed). This makes it better aligned with large, contiguous workloads like uncompressed 4K video editing archives, security footage retention for legal compliance, or massive CAD/CAM datasets—all of which benefit more from fewer, larger volumes than from numerous smaller ones.
Service limits within DSM also subtly differentiate the two models. The DS1821+ is rated for up to 110 concurrent users in Synology Drive and Office, whereas the DS1825+ recommends a slightly lower threshold of 100 users. While the difference is marginal, it may reflect the DS1825+’s tighter memory tuning or more restrictive compatibility model, which now relies on verified Synology storage media for optimal performance. For example, in environments running Synology Office with real-time collaborative editing—paired with Drive, MailPlus, and external file sharing through WebDAV—the DS1821+ might offer more flexibility when loaded with third-party high-performance SSDs for caching. The DS1825+, restricted to Synology’s own SNV3400/3410 NVMe drives, demands tighter ecosystem compliance, which could affect responsiveness if storage performance becomes a bottleneck. Nonetheless, both models offer full support for advanced DSM modules like Synology High Availability, SAN Manager, and Hybrid Share, ensuring that users deploying in mission-critical environments still have access to the high-availability and hybrid cloud features that define Synology’s enterprise-ready platform.
Although DSM 7.2 offers the same interface and core functionality across both the DS1821+ and DS1825+, the user experience diverges notably during storage migration, particularly when using older or unverified hard drives. Users migrating existing volumes from earlier Synology systems—such as the DS918+, DS1819+, or DS920+—will find that the DS1821+ accepts those drives with minimal friction. DSM will boot normally, recognize the existing array, and issue only minor warnings in Storage Manager regarding drive verification, which are generally dismissible and do not affect functionality. RAID recovery, pool expansion, and the addition of hot spare drives all remain fully accessible, even when using third-party or previously unsupported drives. In contrast, the DS1825+ enforces stricter hardware validation: while it will mount migrated volumes, the system interface becomes saturated with persistent warning banners, amber and red health statuses, and limited drive information if the drives are not officially verified. These warnings cannot be dismissed, and attempts to rebuild RAID, add new drives to existing pools, or assign hot spares using unverified media will be blocked entirely. As a result, while both systems technically support migration, the DS1821+ offers a far more tolerant and practical transition path for users with legacy or mixed-brand storage configuration.
Synology DS1825+ vs DS1821+ NAS Comparison – Conclusion
Choosing between the Synology DS1825+ and DS1821+ comes down to whether you prioritize modern hardware refinements or broader long-term flexibility. The DS1825+ introduces subtle but meaningful upgrades: faster 2.5GbE connectivity, double the base memory, and NVMe storage pool support—features that clearly position it as the more forward-thinking choice for users committed to staying within the Synology ecosystem. However, these improvements come with tighter restrictions, most notably in its rigid drive compatibility policy. DSM cannot be installed unless only Synology-verified drives are used, and the system actively blocks unverified drives from being used in storage pools, RAID rebuilds, or even hot spare configurations. In contrast, the DS1821+ offers more freedom—supporting a wider range of HDDs and SSDs, allowing RAID recovery and expansion with non-Synology drives, and presenting a cleaner, less obstructive DSM experience when migrating from older hardware. While it may lack the newer model’s out-of-the-box performance gains, its open-ended architecture gives users—especially those with legacy drives or mixed environments—more breathing room. For users building a NAS from scratch and willing to adopt Synology’s closed hardware ecosystem, the DS1825+ is a capable and streamlined solution. But for those looking to extend the life of existing hardware or retain control over their storage media choices, the DS1821+ remains the more versatile and user-friendly option.
Aspect
Synology DS1821+
Synology DS1825+
Pros
– Full support for 3rd-party drives (HDDs & SSDs)
– Higher default RAM (8 GB ECC pre-installed)
– Supports RAID recovery, expansion, and hot spares with unverified drives
This description contains links to Amazon. These links will take you to some of the products mentioned in today's content. As an Amazon Associate, I earn from qualifying purchases. Visit the NASCompares Deal Finder to find the best place to buy this device in your region, based on Service, Support and Reputation - Just Search for your NAS Drive in the Box Below
Need Advice on Data Storage from an Expert?
Finally, for free advice about your setup, just leave a message in the comments below here at NASCompares.com and we will get back to you.Need Help?
Where possible (and where appropriate) please provide as much information about your requirements, as then I can arrange the best answer and solution to your needs. Do not worry about your e-mail address being required, it will NOT be used in a mailing list and will NOT be used in any way other than to respond to your enquiry.
[contact-form-7]
TRY CHAT Terms and Conditions
If you like this service, please consider supporting us.
We use affiliate links on the blog allowing NAScompares information and advice service to be free of charge to you.Anything you purchase on the day you click on our links will generate a small commission which isused to run the website. Here is a link for Amazon and B&H.You can also get me a Ko-fi or old school Paypal. Thanks!To find out more about how to support this advice service checkHEREIf you need to fix or configure a NAS, check FiverHave you thought about helping others with your knowledge? Find Instructions Here
Or support us by using our affiliate links on Amazon UK and Amazon US
Alternatively, why not ask me on the ASK NASCompares forum, by clicking the button below. This is a community hub that serves as a place that I can answer your question, chew the fat, share new release information and even get corrections posted. I will always get around to answering ALL queries, but as a one-man operation, I cannot promise speed! So by sharing your query in the ASK NASCompares section below, you can get a better range of solutions and suggestions, alongside my own.